You are on page 1of 181

Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA

WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

SECTION 6 (B2) General Technical Specifications for


civil works
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL .................................................................................................................. 8
SECTION 11 GENERAL PROVISIONS.................................................................................. 8
11.1 SCOPE AND APPLICATION ............................................................................................. 8
11.2 CLAUSE NUMBERS ........................................................................................................... 8
11.3 REQUIREMENTS OF SPECIFICATIONS, STANDARDS, BRAND NAMES ........... 8
11.4 APPROVAL OF SUPPLIERS OF SERVICES, MATERIALS AND GOODS .............. 9
11.5 CONTRACTOR’S ORDERS FOR MATERIALS ............................................................. 9
11.6 SAMPLES AND TESTING ................................................................................................. 9
11.7 TEST CERTIFICATES ...................................................................................................... 10
11.8 CONTRACTOR’S WORK PROGRAMME ..................................................................... 11
11.9 DRAWINGS ........................................................................................................................ 11
11.10 SUBSOIL INVESTIGATIONS .......................................................................................... 13
11.11 CONTRACTOR’S YARD .................................................................................................. 13
11.12 OCCUPATION OF LAND FOR TEMPORARY WORKS ............................................. 14
11.13 PAYMENTS OF COMPENSATION ................................................................................ 15
11.14 CONTRACTOR’S EQUIPMENT...................................................................................... 15
11.15 WATER SUPPLY ............................................................................................................... 15
11.16 ELECTRIC POWER SUPPLY .......................................................................................... 16
11.17 SURVEYING ....................................................................................................................... 17
11.18 SURVEY AND SETTING OUT ........................................................................................ 17
11.19 DEWATERING ................................................................................................................... 17
11.20 PHOTOGRAPHS ............................................................................................................... 18
11.21 PROJECT AND DIRECTION SIGNBOARD ................................................................. 18
11.22 FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT ....................................................................................... 18
11.23 FIRST AID EQUIPMENT.................................................................................................. 19
11.24 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY SIGNS AND BARRIERS ................................................ 19
11.25 COORDINATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS .................................................... 19
11.26 PACKING, MARKING AND DELIVERY ........................................................................ 20
11.27 PROVISIONAL SUMS....................................................................................................... 20
11.28 PROGRESS REPORTS .................................................................................................... 21
SECTION 12 SITE DETAILS .................................................................................................. 21
12.1 SITES OF WORKS, CARE OF PROPERTY ................................................................. 21
12.2 ROYALTIES ........................................................................................................................ 25
12.3 ACCESS TO THE WORKS ............................................................................................. 25
12.4 MAINTENANCE OF ROADS .......................................................................................... 26
12.5 CLEARING UP OF SITE .................................................................................................. 27
12.6 SALVAGED TEMPORARY WORKS .............................................................................. 27
12.7 MOBILIZATION & DEMOBILIZATION.......................................................................... 27
SECTION 13 FACILITIES FOR THE ENGINEER AND HIS STAFF ............................ 28
13.1 GENERAL ........................................................................................................................... 28
13.2 OFFICE BUILDING ........................................................................................................... 28
13.3 SURVEYOR’S EQUIPMENT ........................................................................................... 28
13.4 ATTENDANCE UPON THE ENGINEER ...................................................................... 29
13.5 PRIORITY FOR THE PROVISION OF FACILITIES .................................................... 29
CHAPTER 2 SITE WORKS AND EARTHWORKS ............................................................. 30
SECTION 21 SITE PREPARATION...................................................................................... 30
21.1 SITE PREPARATION ........................................................................................................ 30

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 1
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

21.2 PIPELINES IN BUSH AREAS ......................................................................................... 31


21.3 REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF SOD ................................................................. 31
SECTION 22 EARTHWORKS ............................................................................................... 32
22.1 CLASSIFICATION ............................................................................................................. 32
22.2 GENERAL AND FOUNDATION EXCAVATION .......................................................... 33
22.3 STRIPPING OF FOUNDATIONS FOR EARTHFILL CONSTRUCTION .................. 34
22.4 BLASTING .......................................................................................................................... 34
22.5 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES IN ROCK ............................................................ 36
22.6 TREATMENT OF ROCK SURFACES ........................................................................... 36
22.7 SITE FORMATION ............................................................................................................ 37
22.8 EARTHWORKS FOR BUILDINGS, ETC. ..................................................................... 38
22.9 MOISTURE CONTROL OF EARTHFILL ...................................................................... 39
22.10 COMPACTION OF EARTHFILL ..................................................................................... 40
22.11 RIPRAP – HAND PLACED .............................................................................................. 41
22.12 TESTING – GENERAL ..................................................................................................... 42
22.13 SETTING ASIDE TOPSOIL ............................................................................................. 42
22.14 STONE PAVING ................................................................................................................ 42
22.15 SELECTED EARTHFILL MATERIALS ......................................................................... 42
CHAPTER 3 CONCRETE............................................................................................................. 46
SECTION 31 CONCRETE ....................................................................................................... 46
31.1 SCOPE AND STANDARDS ............................................................................................. 46
31.2 CLASSIFICATION OF CONCRETE ............................................................................... 47
31.3 CEMENT ............................................................................................................................. 49
31.4 WATER................................................................................................................................ 50
31.5 AGGREGATES .................................................................................................................. 50
31.6 ADMIXTURES.................................................................................................................... 53
31.7 DESIGNED MIXES ........................................................................................................... 55
31.8 NOMINAL MIXES .............................................................................................................. 56
31.9 MIXING ................................................................................................................................ 60
31.10 TRANSPORTING OF CONCRETE ................................................................................. 61
31.11 READY MIXED CONCRETE .......................................................................................... 61
31.12 CONSISTENCY OF CONCRETE ................................................................................... 62
31.13 PREPARATION OF FOUNDATIONS ............................................................................. 62
31.14 PLACING OF CONCRETE .............................................................................................. 63
31.15 PLACING TEMPERATURE OF CONCRETE ............................................................... 65
31.16 CONSOLIDATION (VIBRATION) OF CONCRETE ..................................................... 66
31.17 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN CONCRETE .................................................................. 66
31.18 EMBEDDING METAL CHAPTERS IN CONCRETE ................................................... 67
31.19 CONCRETE FINISHES .................................................................................................... 67
31.20 CURING OF CONCRETE ................................................................................................ 68
31.21 TESTING OF CONCRETE............................................................................................... 70
31.22 REPAIR OF CONCRETE ................................................................................................. 71
31.23 FORMWORK (SHUTTERING) FOR CONCRETE – GENERAL ............................... 73
31.24 CLASSES OF FORMS ..................................................................................................... 74
31.25 EXAMINATION .................................................................................................................. 75
31.26 CLEANING AND TREATMENT OF FORMS................................................................ 75
31.27 FORM TIES ........................................................................................................................ 75
31.28 CORE HOLES, ETC. FOR METAL WORKS ............................................................... 76
31.29 REMOVAL OF FORMS .................................................................................................... 76
31.30 TOLERANCE FOR CONCRETE WORK ....................................................................... 77

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 2
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

31.31 CONTRACTION AND EXPANSION JOINTS ............................................................... 77


31.32 WATER STOPS ................................................................................................................. 79
31.33 REINFORCING STEEL .................................................................................................... 81
31.34 PRECAST CONCRETE SLABS, ETC. .......................................................................... 83
SECTION 32 CONCRETE GROUND LEVEL RESERVOIRS (GLR) ............................ 84
32.1 GENERAL ........................................................................................................................... 84
32.2 SITE WORKS ..................................................................................................................... 84
32.3 EXCAVATION .................................................................................................................... 84
32.4 PREPARATION OF GLR FOUNDATIONS.................................................................... 84
32.5 BLINDING LAYER ............................................................................................................ 85
32.6 FOUNDATIONS AND FLOORS ...................................................................................... 86
32.7 WALLS OF R.C. RESERVOIRS ..................................................................................... 86
32.8 COLUMNS .......................................................................................................................... 86
32.9 ROOFS ................................................................................................................................ 86
32.10 VALVE AND DRAIN CHAMBERS ................................................................................. 87
32.11 JOINTS ................................................................................................................................ 87
32.12 PIPES AND FITTINGS ...................................................................................................... 87
32.13 METALWORK .................................................................................................................... 88
32.14 DITCHES AND TRENCHES ........................................................................................... 88
32.15 SURFACES IN CONTACT WITH EARTH .................................................................... 88
32.16 TESTING OF RESERVOIRS ........................................................................................... 88
32.17 DISINFECTION OF RESERVOIRS ................................................................................ 89
32.18 PLACING GRAVEL ........................................................................................................... 89
CHAPTER 4 BUILDING WORKS ............................................................................................. 90
SECTION 41 BLOCKWORK, WALL FINISHES, FLOORING ....................................... 90
A BLOCKWORK ......................................................................................................... 90
41.1 MATERIALS FOR MORTAR ........................................................................................... 90
41.2 CEMENT-LIME MORTAR ................................................................................................ 90
41.3 CEMENT MORTAR........................................................................................................... 90
41.4 CONCRETE BLOCKS ...................................................................................................... 91
41.5 LAYING OF BLOCKS ....................................................................................................... 91
41.6 MASONRY GROUT ........................................................................................................... 92
41.7 STONE MASONRY WORK ............................................................................................. 92
41.8 DAMP PROOF COURSE.................................................................................................. 93
41.9 BRICKS ............................................................................................................................... 93
B WALL FINISHES .................................................................................................... 95
41.10 PLASTERING AND RENDERING .................................................................................. 95
41.11 PAINTING PLASTER AND CONCRETE ....................................................................... 96
41.12 WALL TILES ...................................................................................................................... 97
C FLOORING............................................................................................................... 97
41.13 NON-SLIP FLOOR FINISH .............................................................................................. 97
41.14 COLOURING PIGMENTS ................................................................................................ 97
41.15 FLOOR FINISHES ............................................................................................................ 98
41.16 CLEANING UP AND PROTECTION OF FLOORS ...................................................... 99
SECTION 42 CARPENTRY, JOINERY, ROOFING AND CEILINGS .......................... 100
42.1 TIMBER ............................................................................................................................. 100
42.2 CARPENTRY .................................................................................................................... 100
42.3 JOINERY........................................................................................................................... 101
42.4 WOODEN DOORS AND WINDOWS ........................................................................... 102
42.5 IRONMONGERY AND DOOR FURNITURE ............................................................... 102

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 3
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

42.6 PAINTING WOODWORK ............................................................................................... 102


42.7 PROTECTION, TESTING, ETC. OF JOINERY ......................................................... 103
42.8 ROOFING .......................................................................................................................... 103
42.9 CEILINGS ......................................................................................................................... 104
SECTION 43 METAL DOORS AND WINDOWS.............................................................. 105
43.1 METAL DOORS AND WINDOWNS - GENERAL ...................................................... 105
43.2 GLAZING........................................................................................................................... 105
43.3 IRONMONGERY AND DOOR FURNITURE ............................................................... 106
SECTION 44 PLUMBING AND SANITARY INSTALLATION ........................................ 107
44.1 PIPES AND FITTINGS .................................................................................................... 107
44.2 VALVES AND ACCESSORIES..................................................................................... 107
44.3 SANITARY FITTINGS ..................................................................................................... 108
44.4 WORKMANSHIP- GENERAL ....................................................................................... 108
44.5 INSTALLING GALVANIZED IRON PIPES .................................................................. 108
44.6 SOIL, WASTE AND VENTILATION PIPES ................................................................ 108
44.7 TESTING ........................................................................................................................... 108
44.8 FOUL-WATER DISPOSAL SYSTEM ........................................................................... 108
SECTION 45 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS ................................................................. 110
45.1 EXTENT OF INSTALLATION ....................................................................................... 110
45.2 DISTRIBUTION SUB BOARDS .................................................................................... 110
45.3 ACCEPTANCE ................................................................................................................. 110
45.4 STANDARDS ................................................................................................................... 110
45.5 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS .................................................................................. 111
45.6 MARKING ......................................................................................................................... 111
45.7 POWER AND LIGHTING INSTALLATIONS............................................................... 111
45.8 FLOOD LIGHTS .............................................................................................................. 112
45.9 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES ..................................................................................... 113
45.10 EARTHING ....................................................................................................................... 113
45.11 LIGHTINING PROTECTION .......................................................................................... 113
SECTION 46 MISCELLANEOUS BUILDING WORKS ................................................. 114
46.1 FENCING AND GATES ................................................................................................. 114
46.2 DRAINAGE SYSTEM ..................................................................................................... 114
46.3 CLEANING OF BUILDINGS .......................................................................................... 114
CHAPTER 5 METALWORKS.................................................................................................... 115
SECTION 51 FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEELWORK
AND METALWORK.................................................................................................................... 115
51.1 SCOPE............................................................................................................................... 115
51.2 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP- GENERAL ..................................................... 115
51.3 DRAWINGS ...................................................................................................................... 115
51.4 STRAIGHTENING MEMBERS ..................................................................................... 115
51.5 CUTTING .......................................................................................................................... 115
51.6 HOLING ............................................................................................................................ 116
51.7 WELDING & FLAME CUTTING ................................................................................... 116
51.8 BOLTS, NUTS AND WASHERS .................................................................................. 117
51.9 SHOP ASSEMBLY .......................................................................................................... 118
51.10 HANDLING OF STEELWORK ...................................................................................... 118
51.11 ERECTION ....................................................................................................................... 118
51.12 LOADING OF STRUCTURES ....................................................................................... 119
51.13 METALWORK BEDDED IN CONCRETE AND BLOCKWORK ............................. 119
SECTION 52 CORROSION PROTECTION ....................................................................... 120

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 4
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

52.1 SCOPE............................................................................................................................... 120


52.2 STANDARDS ................................................................................................................... 120
52.3 EQUIPMENT .................................................................................................................... 120
52.4 PAINT SUPPLIERS AND DELIVERY .......................................................................... 120
52.5 PAINT STORAGE ............................................................................................................ 121
52.6 PERSONNEL AND SAFETY ......................................................................................... 121
52.7 SURFACE PREPARATION ............................................................................................ 121
52.8 PAINT APPLICATION ..................................................................................................... 122
52.9 PAINT SCHEDULE ......................................................................................................... 123
52.10 STEELWORK ENCASED IN CONCRETE ................................................................. 124
52.11 HANDLING AND STORAGE OF COATED STEELWORK ..................................... 124
52.12 REPAIRS TO DAMAGED SURFACES ....................................................................... 124
52.13 INSPECTION .................................................................................................................... 124
CHAPTER 6 PIPELINES ............................................................................................................ 125
SECTION 60 GENERAL PROVISIONS ............................................................................ 125
60.1 SCOPE OF WORKS ....................................................................................................... 125
60.2 SUPPLY OF PIPES AND ACCESSORIES .................................................................. 125
60.3 PERFORMANCE OF WORKS ...................................................................................... 125
60.4 SETTING OUT OF PIPELINES ..................................................................................... 125
60.5 CONTRACTOR’S DRAWINGS ..................................................................................... 125
SECTION 61 SUPPLY OF MATERIALS ............................................................................ 126
61.1 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 126
61.2 SUPPLY OF MATERIALS BY EMPLOYER ................................................................ 126
61.3 MATERIAL FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR ................................................. 128
SECTION 62 EARTHWORKS FOR PIPELINES .............................................................. 129
62.1 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 129
62.2 CLASSIFICATION OF ROCK EXCAVATION ............................................................ 129
62.3 EXCAVATION FOR PIPE TRENCHES ....................................................................... 129
62.4 LIMITATION IN LENGTH OF OPEN TRENCH ......................................................... 133
62.5 COVER OF PIPES ........................................................................................................... 133
62.6 BEDDING CONDITIONS OF PIPES ............................................................................ 134
62.7 DISPOSAL OF EXCAVATED MATERIAL .................................................................. 134
62.8 BACKFILLING OF PIPE TRENCHES ......................................................................... 134
62.9 RESTORATION AND CLEAN-UP ................................................................................ 137
62.10 SURFACE RESTORATION OTHER THAN OF PUBLIC ROADS AND
FOOTPATHS .................................................................................................................... 137
62.11 REINSTATEMENT OF ROADS .................................................................................... 138
62.12 REINSTATEMENT OF FOOTPATHS .......................................................................... 138
62.13 MAINTENANCE OF REINSTATEMENT OF ROADS AND FOOTPATHS ........... 139
SECTION 63 PIPELAYING................................................................................................... 140
63.1 HAULING AND HANDLING OF PIPES, VALVES, ETC. ........................................ 140
63.2 STRINGING OF PIPES ALONG THE LINE ................................................................ 141
63.3 LOWERING OF PIPES AND ACCESSORIES INTO THE TRENCH ..................... 141
63.4 LAYING OF PIPES – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................. 142
63.5 CURVES AND BENDS................................................................................................... 143
63.6 JOINTING OF PIPES ...................................................................................................... 143
63.7 FLANGED JOINTS ......................................................................................................... 144
63.8 JOINTING OF PVC AND DCI/ FERROUS EQUIVALENT PIPES ......................... 144
63.9 FITTINGS AND SPECIALS............................................................................................ 145
63.10 CLOSURES AND SHORT SECTIONS ........................................................................ 146

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 5
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

63.11 CUTTING OF PIPES ....................................................................................................... 146


63.12 PIPE REPAIRS ................................................................................................................. 146
63.13 COMPLETING PROTECTION OF STEEL AND DI/FERROUS EQUIVALENT
PIPES ................................................................................................................................. 147
63.14 TESTING PIPELINES ..................................................................................................... 147
63.15 CLEARING OF PIPES .................................................................................................... 149
63.16 CHLORINATION OF PIPES .......................................................................................... 149
63.17 HANDLING AND STORAGE OF HDPE PIPE .................................................................. 151
63.18 JOINTING BY BUTT FUSION .................................................................................... 151
63.18.1 General ............................................................................................................................ 151
63.18.2 Butt Fusion Jointing Equipment................................................................................ 151
63.18.3 Butt Fusion Jointing Method ...................................................................................... 153
63.19 ELECTRO-FUSION SOCKET JOINTING ........................................................................... 158
63.19.1 General ............................................................................................................................ 158
63.19.2 Equipment ....................................................................................................................... 158
63.19.3 Electro-fusion Jointing Method.................................................................................. 159
63.20 ELECTRO-FUSION SADDLE JOINTING ........................................................................... 161
63.20.1 General ............................................................................................................................ 161
63.20.2 Equipment ....................................................................................................................... 161
63.20.3 Electrofusion Saddle Jointing Method .................................................................... 162
63.21 MECHANICAL JOINTS ...................................................................................................... 163
63.22 MAIN HDPE PIPE LAYING ......................................................................................... 164
63.22.1 Preparation Of Pipes .................................................................................................... 164
63.22.2 LAYING OF PIPES ......................................................................................................... 164
63.23 INSTALLATION OF SERVICE PIPES ...................................................................... 165
63.23.1 General ............................................................................................................................ 165
63.23.2 LAYING OF COMMUNICATION PIPE ............................................................................ 165
63.24 CONNECTION TO HDPE PIPE.................................................................................. 166
63.24.1 Connection to HDPE Pipe ............................................................................................ 166
63.25 CONNECTION TO PIPES OF OTHER MATERIALS ........................................................... 166
63.26 JOINTING OF SERVICE PIPES ................................................................................ 167
63.26.1 Jointing of HDPE Service Pipes ................................................................................ 167
63.26.2 Jointing of Dissimilar Service Pipes ......................................................................... 167
63.26.3 Testing and Commissioning of Service Pipes ....................................................... 167
63.27 REPAIR METHODS ...................................................................................................... 167
63.27.1 Repairs to HDPE Pipe .................................................................................................. 168
63.27.2 General ............................................................................................................................ 168
63.27.3 Emergency Repairs ...................................................................................................... 168
63.27.4 Permanent Repairs Using Fusion Joints ................................................................ 168
63.27.5 Permanent Repairs Using Mechanical Joints ........................................................ 168
63.27.6 Repairs to HDPE Service Pipe ................................................................................... 169
63.27.7 Squeeze-Off Closure Technique ............................................................................... 169
63.28 TRAINING........................................................................................................................... 170
63.29 HDPE JOINTING EQUIPMENT .............................................................................. 170
I BUTT FUSION JOINTING EQUIPMENT .................................................................................... 170
II ELECTRO-FUSION SOCKET JOINTING EQUIPMENT............................................................. 170
SECTION 64 VALVE ASSEMBLIES, THRUST AND ANCHOR BLOCKS,
CROSSINGS, CONNECTIONS ............................................................................................... 171
64.1 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 171
64.2 INSTALLATION OF VALVES........................................................................................ 171
64.3 VALVES, CHAMBERS, VALVE SUPPORTS, ETC. ................................................. 171

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 6
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

64.4 THRUST AND ANCHOR BLOCKS ............................................................................. 172


64.5 CONCRETE SURROUNDS ........................................................................................... 172
64.6 TRANSVERSE ANCHORS (COLLARS) .......................................................... 173
64.7 METAL WORKS .............................................................................................................. 173
64.8 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING PIPES ........................................................................ 173
64.9 INDICATOR POSTS ........................................................................................................ 174
64.10 WATER POINTS (STANDPIPES).................................................................................. 174
64.11 CROSSING UNDER PUBLIC UTILITIES GENERAL REQUIREMENTS .............. 175
64.12 CROSSING IN OPEN CUT ............................................................................................ 175
64.13 BRIDGE CROSSINGS .................................................................................................... 175
64.14 CROSSING UNDER RAILWAY .................................................................................... 175
64.15 RIVER CROSSING .......................................................................................................... 175
CHAPTER 7 ACCESS ROAD CONSTRUCTION ................................................................ 176
SECTION 71 ACCESS ROADS ........................................................................................... 176
71.1 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 176
71.2 SITE PREPARATION ...................................................................................................... 176
71.3 EXCAVATION .................................................................................................................. 176
71.4 EARTHFILL ...................................................................................................................... 176
71.5 BASE COURSE MATERIAL ......................................................................................... 178
71.6 BITUMINOUS DRESSING ............................................................................................. 179
71.7 VARIATION IN FINISHED SURFACE ........................................................................ 179
71.8 ROAD GEOMETRY ........................................................................................................ 179
71.9 CROSS DRAINAGE ........................................................................................................ 179
CHAPTER 8 MISCELLANEOUS ............................................................................................ 180
SECTION 81 MISCELLANEOUS WORKS ........................................................................ 180
81.1 FENCING AND GATES ................................................................................................. 180
81.2 DRAINAGE ....................................................................................................................... 180
81.3 LIGHTNING PROTECTION ........................................................................................... 180

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 7
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL
SECTION 11 GENERAL PROVISIONS

11.1 SCOPE AND APPLICATION

This specification shall apply to the Construction of Civil Works (Contract


-1) required in the construction of the works as described in this
document.

11.2 CLAUSE NUMBERS

Unless otherwise stated all clause numbers refer to the clauses in this
specification.

11.3 REQUIREMENTS OF SPECIFICATIONS, STANDARDS, BRAND


NAMES

The Contractor shall fulfil all requirements and obligations under all
clauses of the specification. Neither the following clauses of this
specification, any descriptions therein, nor the quantities, shall limit the
obligations of the Contractor under the conditions of contract. Where
items are not included in the Bill of Quantities for any such requirements
or obligations, the cost of such requirements or obligations shall be
deemed to be spread over all the items of the Bills of Quantities.

All ISO, British, or other Standards (including Codes of Practice)


mentioned herein shall be deemed to form this specification. All
references to such standards shall be to the latest edition or revision
thereof unless otherwise stated. Where a specific British or other standard
is referred to in this specification, another standard will be acceptable,
provided that it ensures a quality of material and workmanship equal to or
better than the Standard referred to. If the Contractor intends to use such
alternative standard, he shall notify the Engineer thereof, submitting with
his notice 2 copies (in English) of the proposed standard, and shall not
order any material or perform, any work unless and until he has obtained
the Engineer‟s approval of such Standard.

Brand names, where used in the Specification or on the Drawings, are


only intended to define a standard of quality and performance and the
Contractor may use alternative products of at least equal quality and
capacity.

Where the term “or similar” is used, it shall be construed as “or


equivalent”.

When alternatives are offered, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer
for approval a statement detailing the alternatives, and shall include full
technical descriptions, drawings, and specifications, and shall provide
such full information as is required to enable the Contractor to

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 8
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

demonstrate to the Engineer that the alternative is equivalent to the item


specified. Any further information that the Engineer may require shall be
produced by the Contractor when called for.

11.4 APPROVAL OF SUPPLIERS OF SERVICES, MATERIALS AND


GOODS

All materials to be provided shall be new, unused of the most recent


manufactures and incorporate all recent improvements in design and
materials unless otherwise provided in the Contract.

Before entering into any sub-Contract for the supply of any materials or
goods the Contractor shall obtain the Engineer‟s approval in writing of the
sub-contractor from whom he proposes to obtain such materials of goods.
Should the Engineer at any time be dissatisfied with such materials or
goods or with the method or performance of such sub-Contractor‟s work or
place of business, the Engineer shall be empowered to cancel his
previously given approval of such sub-contractor. The Contractor shall
then obtain the said services; materials or goods from such other sub-
contractor as may be approved by the Engineer and shall bear any
additional cost thereof.

If during the Contract, through any reason, a supplier should increase the
cost of materials above that of other equally reputable suppliers, the
Engineer may, at his own discretion, ask the Contractor to change his
supplier or he may only authorize payment for materials at the original
rates of suppliers.

11.5 CONTRACTOR’S ORDERS FOR MATERIALS

11.5.1 General

Without prejudice to any other clause in the specification, the Contractor


shall before ordering any building materials, ironwork, pipes or other
articles for use and installation in the works, seek the approval of the
Engineer of the names of the persons or firms from whom he desires to
obtain any such articles.

11.6 SAMPLES AND TESTING

A minimum of two (2) samples, or as otherwise specified, shall be


submitted to the Engineer for review of those products and materials for
which samples are required.

Samples shall be submitted a minimum of thirty days prior to the date for
approval required by the Contractor for procurement of the materials.

Samples shall be submitted with complete information concerning


manufacturer's data, applicable standards, test results, and location of
installation on the project.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 9
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Materials for which the Engineer has approved samples shall be used only
in those areas and locations for which the approval was granted.

Materials for which samples have been rejected shall not be delivered to
the site, or if delivered, shall be removed promptly.

Approval by the Engineer as to the placing of orders for materials or as to


samples or tests shall not prejudice any of the Engineers power under the
Contract.

All costs in connection with conducting tests by an approved laboratory


shall be included and covered by the Provisional Sum allowed in the Bill of
Quantities for the following categories of tests:

a Tests conducted at the premises of the Contractor, Sub-contractor,


manufacturer or supplier which are normally or customarily carried
out at such premises for the items or materials being supplied for the
Works;
b Tests which are normally or customarily conducted on the items or
materials being supplied for the Works by the Contractor, Sub-
Contractor, supplier or manufacturer but which have to be conducted
at an approved laboratory because the necessary testing facilities are
not available on the premises of the Contractor, Sub-Contractor,
supplier and manufacturer;
c Tests on locally obtained materials or items either on the Site or at an
approved laboratory for the purpose of obtaining the approval of the
Engineer to the classification, use and compliance with the
Specifications of such items or materials;
d Routine quality control tests conducted by the Contractor to ensure
compliance with the Specifications;
e Regular testing of concrete and other materials as specified in the
relevant Chapters of the Technical Specifications;
f Standard shop and Site acceptance tests, including trial assemblies,
of mechanical equipment.

11.7 TEST CERTIFICATES

Should the Engineer not inspect any materials or goods at the places of
manufacture the Contractor shall obtain Certificates of Tests performed on
such materials or goods by an agency approved by the Engineer and shall
send such Certificates to the Engineer. Such Certificates shall certify that
the materials or goods concerned have been tested in accordance with the
requirements of the specification and shall give the results of all the tests
carried out. The Contractor shall provide adequate means of identifying
the materials and goods delivered to the site with the corresponding
certificates.

All costs incurred in complying with this Clause shall be deemed to be


included in the tendered rates and prices.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 10
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

11.8 CONTRACTOR’S WORK PROGRAMME

A Programme for the performance of the works as a whole and showing the
proposed construction shall be submitted by each Bidder with his Bid.

Pursuant to Clause 14 of the Conditions Contract, the Contractor shall,


with 30 days after acceptance of the Bid, draw up the work programme,
showing in detail the order in which the various works are to be
constructed, with dates of commencement and completion and, where
necessary, intermediate stages of works and the dates thereof.

The Contractor shall pay attention to detailing the dates on which he will
require the delivery, of pipes and accessories for pipe laying and all
electrical and mechanical CHAPTERs that will be built in or could
otherwise affect the progress of his work.

The programme must, where required by the Engineer, be accompanied by


sketches showing in plan and section the different stages of the
programme. The said programme shall take into account the seasonal
rainfall and flow of surface water.

After approval by the Engineer, the work programme shall be binding on


the Contractor. Changes in the programme may be made by the
Contractor only after prior approval has been obtained from the Engineer,
which approval shall not be reasonably withheld.

The programme shall fully take into account and allow the need to
coordinate procedures to allow for erection and installation of mechanical
and electrical works and borehole construction in a methodical manner.

The Engineer shall be entitled at any time to demand changes in the work
programme as he deems necessary for the proper and expedient
performance of the works. This could also include realignment of pipelines
as dictated by the conditions on site.

11.9 DRAWINGS

11.9.1 General

The whole of the works shall agree in all with the levels, dimensions and
details contained in the Construction Drawings.

The Contractor shall carefully check the Drawings supplied to him and
shall bring any errors or discrepancies discovered therein to the attention
of the Engineer, who will issue the necessary instructions for corrections.

Where dimensions and levels are shown on the Drawings or mentioned in


the documents forming or issued under the Contract these shall be
verified by the Contractor on the site and he will be held responsible for
pointing out promptly any errors or discrepancies in such dimensions or
levels. The Engineer will issue the necessary instructions for corrections.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 11
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Failure to discover and/or to notify the Engineer of any errors or


discrepancies in the Drawing shall not relieve the Contractor of the
responsibility for unsatisfactory work or faulty construction resulting there
from the obligations of rectifying and making good such work or
construction at his own expense and to the complete satisfaction of the
Engineer.

11.9.2 Bid Drawings

Bid Drawings are the drawings prepared by the Employer‟s Consultant for
the purpose of the Bid and furnished to the Bidders together with the
other Bid Documents. The Bid Drawings show all relevant features of the
works in sufficient detail to enable the Bidder to assess correctly the
nature and scope of the work requested from him and to price the Bills of
Quantities. The Bid Drawings could also be used for the construction of
the works subject to Clause 11.9.3.

11.9.3 Construction Drawings

Construction Drawings are Bid Drawings confirmed for construction or


any revisions to Bid Drawings and additional drawings that may be
prepared by the Employer‟s Consultant for the purpose of construction of
the works. However, pipe laying drawings shall, where so instructed by the
Engineer, be prepared by the Contractor in accordance with Clause 60.5.

Soft copies of Detailed Design Drawings will be supplied to the successful


Bidder on the award of the Contract. The successful Bidder shall have the
responsibility of producing hard copies of these Drawings and upon
approval by the Engineer, these Drawings shall be Construction Drawings
and thereafter in the course of construction and shall be binding on him
in the performance of the works.

The Contractor shall not be entitled to any extra payment or


compensation, for the quantities of work actually done, because of any
deviation of the final Construction Drawings from the Tender Drawings.

11.9.4 Additional Construction Drawings

The Engineer may at any time during the Contract period issue such
additional Construction Drawings as he may deem necessary for the
proper performance of the works.

11.9.5 Records and As-Built Drawings

After the work has been completed and prior to obtaining the Certificate of
Completion, the Contractor shall furnish “as-built” drawings in two hard
and two soft copies on CD and specify the AutoCAD showing the works as
instructed, together with all other information that may either be required
or be useful for the operation and maintenance of the works in the future.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 12
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

For the purpose of preparing the “as-built” drawings, the Contractor shall,
where possible, use transparent reproducible copies of the Construction
Drawings.

11.9.6 Drawings and Documents to be Returned

Before the Engineer shall issue the Final Certificate, the Contractor shall
return to the Engineer all Drawings, Specifications, Bills of Quantities
(BQ‟s) and any other documents which may have been supplied to the
Contractor for the purpose of the work, if required by the Engineer.

11.10 SUBSOIL INVESTIGATIONS

If and to the extent site investigations have been conducted on the site,
the results of such investigations will be made available to the Contractor
for inspection, at the Employer‟s office. Where, on the Drawings or in the
investigation logs there appear the words “Rock” or “Hard Rock” they
merely indicate the presence of a hard material and not necessarily the
presence of a stratum of rock.

All the information on subsoil conditions are only furnished to assist the
Bidder in preparing his Tender. The Bidder must draw his own
conclusions from the available information, and no guarantee is given as
to the accuracy of this information, nor should the Contractor assume that
it is complete or sufficient for the purpose of the Contract.

No claim for extra payment based on misrepresentation will be considered


or allowed.

The bottom of pits or holes shown on the drawings merely indicate the
depths to which they have been excavated and do not indicate the lower
limits of the strata.

Any other subsoil investigations which the Contractor may undertake for
the purpose of gaining additional information on subsoil conditions,
locating borrow areas, etc.; will be entirely at his own cost.

For those cases where the Contractor is instructed by the Engineer to


carry out specific subsoil investigations, a provisional sum has been
provide in the Bills of Quantities to reimburse the Contractor for such
subsoil investigations.

11.11 CONTRACTOR’S YARD

11.11.1 General

The Contractor‟s Yard shall be used by the contractor for his equipment,
offices, stores, plant, workshops, latrines, and messing accommodation.
The erection of temporary buildings or structures on the site will not be
allowed without the permission in writing of the Engineer.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 13
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

At the beginning of the Contract the Contractor‟s yard shall be fenced off.
By the end of period of Maintenance the area and its environs shall be
cleared of all construction equipment, materials, buildings and the like
and shall be re-graded and reinstated as directed by the Engineer.

11.11.2 Building for Temporary Use by Contractor

The Contractor shall maintain, in perfectly usable and watertight


condition, such temporary and permanent buildings as required for the
performance of the works. These shall include accommodation for his
employees and the stores for employer supplied pipes and accessories.
Before erecting any structure for his temporary use the Contractor shall
present the necessary drawings, showing its location and nature, to the
Engineer for his approval.

Prior to Tendering, The Contractor must ascertain all the requirements for
the above, especially with regard to labour accommodation.

11.11.3 Temporary Sanitary Conveniences

The Contractor shall provide all proper sanitary conveniences for his men
at the various sites of works and along the pipeline routes. The
conveniences shall be disinfected with lime or otherwise and all night soil
shall be cleared out daily; this, together with any organic refuse produced
at the works shall be removed and buried by the Contractor in such
manner and in such places as may be directed from time to time. All
arrangements shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval and may be
modified by him from time to time as he deems necessary.

11.11.4 Cost

The cost of providing Contractor‟s temporary facilities shall be deemed to


be uniformly spread over the rates for all items in the Bill of Quantities.

11.12 OCCUPATION OF LAND FOR TEMPORARY WORKS

Where it is necessary for any reason whatsoever to enter onto land, which
does not form CHAPTER of the site, the Engineer, shall be informed of
the details, and the Contractor shall make his own arrangements with the
landowners and occupiers and shall obtain written permission to occupy
the land and the Engineer‟s approval.

When permission has been obtained and work is carried out, care shall be
taken to ensure that no unnecessary damage is caused to the land and
that all reasonable precautions are taken to prevent soil erosion and
mosquito breeding. On completion of the work, the land shall be
reinstated and left in a tidy condition and protected against erosion, all as
approved by the Engineer.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 14
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

11.13 PAYMENTS OF COMPENSATION

In the case of the land made available to the Contractor free of charge, the
Engineer may require the Contractor to make direct payment to the owner
or other person or persons in respect of any required compensation. On
receipt of such written instruction from the Engineer, the Contractor shall
forthwith pay the required amount, which will be reimbursed through the
next Interim Payment Certificate.

Under no circumstances is land to be interfered with, whether for


Permanent or Temporary works, until the official evaluation of all
compensation has taken place and permission to proceed has been
received from the Engineer.

11.14 CONTRACTOR’S EQUIPMENT

All Contractor‟s Equipment used in the performance of the works shall be


of such type, size and of such method of working as the Engineer
approves. If for any reason whatsoever the Engineer shall be of the opinion
that any excavator, mechanical digger, roller, pile hammer, concrete mixer,
vibrator, welder or other machine or appliance employed or proposed to be
employed by the Contractor for the purpose of the works shall not be
used, or that any such machine or appliance as aforesaid is unsuitable for
use in the works or any of them, then such equipment shall be
immediately withdrawn from use. The Engineer may prohibit or suspend
the use of machinery which in his opinion is likely to: remove more
material than is necessary; damage or render unsuitable any structure;
break or damage pipes, conduits, cables or any other property or work of
any kind. Similarly, the Engineer may prohibit use of machinery causing a
nuisance by noise or otherwise.

Any change of the method of performing the work as a consequence of


such order shall be at the cost of the Contractor who shall have no cause
for claim against the Employer on account of having to carry out the work
by different methods or for the idleness or removal of any constructional
plant.

The cost of providing Contractor‟s Equipment for all purpose shall be


uniformly spread over all the items of the Bill of Quantities.

11.15 WATER SUPPLY

Water will be required for the purpose of washing aggregates, making


mortar and concrete and for other uses in and about the Works, as well as
for testing, flushing and chlorinating of pipelines. The Contractor shall
make his own arrangements for obtaining supplies of water of approved
quality, and shall erect and maintain all required pumps, pipes, valves,
cocks, tanks, mobile tanks, hoses, roses and all other appliances required
to distribute the water as necessary to various Works.

If necessary, the Contractor will make arrangements to pump water from


rivers and other sources and provide temporary treatment facilities. The

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 15
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Contractor shall provide at all times and at his own expense, for his own
labour and for the Engineer and his staff, a supply of potable water, which
shall be kept cool in proper hygienic conditions.

The cost of supplying water for purposes other than testing, flushing and
chlorinating of pipelines, as well as providing, operating and maintaining
all pumps, tanks and other installations as described in this Clause shall
be uniformly spread over all items of the Bills of Quantities.

The cost of supplying water for testing, flushing and chlorinating of


pipelines, shall be included in the respective items of the Bills if
Quantities for these operations.

The cost of supplying water shall in each instance include the cost of
water at the source of supply and its distribution and conveyance to where
it is used, including connecting up, laying of pipes, metering, pumping,
use of tankers and the like.

The Contractor shall not assume that water will be available for his use
from the public mains at the times and in the quantities required by him.

Where permitted to connect up to existing mains and pipelines for the


purpose of obtaining water, the Contractor shall comply with all
regulations and requirements of the competent authority. The Contractor
shall himself obtain all related permits and make all arrangements as may
be required for the performance of the connection.

The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the supply of all water
required in the works for whatever purpose and no claims for extra
payment or extension of time based on the lack or insufficient or delayed
supply of water will be considered or maintained.

11.16 ELECTRIC POWER SUPPLY

The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for all electric power
supply which will be needed for the execution of the work. The Contractor
shall also supply electricity for the lighting, ventilating and/or air
conditioning of the Engineer‟s office and laboratory.

If necessary, the Contractor shall provide, erect, operate and maintain in


good condition a diesel driven electric generator, large enough to supply
the Contractual requirements. Sufficient stand-by is essential to ensure
the required electric power at all times.

The Contractor shall also install, connect and maintain in good condition
all cables, conductors and other electrical plant and equipment required to
perform his contractual obligations. All such plant and installation as
described above shall comply with the relevant requirements and
regulations of the Ethiopian Electric and Power Corporation (EEPCO), and
shall be maintained to the approval of the Engineer.

The cost of providing electric power supply for all purposes shall be
uniformly spread over all items of the Bills of Quantities.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 16
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

11.17 SURVEYING
11.17.1 Benchmarks

Prior to the commencement of the work, the Engineer shall provide a


number of benchmarks (BM) located on the site as shown on the
Drawings. Before starting any work, the Contractor shall check the
alignment of the benchmarks in the presence of the Engineer and shall
notify the Engineer of any error or misalignment which may be discovered
during such checking. After the benchmarks have been thus checked and
any errors corrected, the Contractor shall certify his acceptance of the
Benchmarks to the Engineer in writing.

11.17.2 Preservation of Benchmarks

Benchmarks shall, where possible be preserved, or else be relocated.


Where benchmarks could be destroyed, they shall be accurately tied in to
permanent concrete reference points before work is commenced.

11.18 SURVEY AND SETTING OUT

11.18.1 Setting Out

Based on the benchmarks mentioned above, the Contractor shall set out
the work using the data shown on the Drawings or as per the Engineer‟s
instructions. The Contractor shall then reference these points with
permanent beacons of a type approved by the Engineer. Each point shall
have not less than three reference beacons which shall be placed where
they will not be disturbed by the works and the method of referencing
shall be agreed with the Engineer. The Contractor shall supply the
Engineer with records in an acceptable form including such drawings,
sketches, measurements and reference as may be necessary for the
location or relocation of relevant points and shall keep such records up to
date by formal notice to the Engineer. The reference beacons shall be used
as benchmarks and their levels shall be agreed with the Engineer. The
levels of all benchmarks shall be checked by the Contractor at monthly
intervals and he should immediately notify the Engineer whether or not
there are any discrepancies.

11.18.2 Agreement of Topography

Prior to commencing any work, the Contractor shall check the topography
of the site of the said work and shall inform the Engineer of the results.
The agreed final topography shall be used in the calculation of quantities.

11.19 DEWATERING

The Contractor shall keep the works free from water at all times during
construction and shall to this end construct all necessary diversions and

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 17
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

perform all required pumping to remove all surface or ground water as


may be necessary in carrying out the works as well as provide and fill-in
sumps, drains, etc.

At every point in the works at which water is liable to accumulate, proper


drains and, if required, sump holes or wells shall be formed, and if in the
Engineer‟s opinion it is expedient, such sump holes shall be placed
entirely outside the limits of the works and any pumping that may be
necessary to keep any excavation clear of water, either during the sinking
or subsequently, shall be so conducted from such sump holes so that no
wash or disturbance of the bottom or sides of the excavation shall occur.
During the process of carrying out earthworks, casting concrete or
performing any other work, the water in the sump holes or wells shall be
maintained below the lowest level of such work. The water shall be led to
the sump holes or wells by specially constructed drains, which shall, if
necessary, be carried across the concrete or other works, in troughs.

The Contractor is not to assume that permanent works to be constructed


will be available, or will be permitted to be used if available, for keeping
the site free from water during construction of the works.

11.20 PHOTOGRAPHS

The Contractor shall provide and include in his tendered price progress
photographs taken by an approved professional photographer as, when,
and where, directed by the Engineer, at intervals of not more than thirty
days. The photographs shall be sufficient in number and location to record
the exact progress of works. The Contractor shall provide one proof print
(with date when the photograph was taken) of each photograph taken, one
colour slide and the soft copy on CD and five colour copies of dimensions
not less than 254 x 203 mm of any of the photographs selected by the
Engineer. Two copies are to be signed by the Contractor and the Engineer.
Albums to accommodate the selected photographs shall be supplied by the
Contractor. Prints shall be made on a variable contrast paper and shall
exhibit a minimum amount of grain. The soft copies shall be the sole
property of the Employer and shall not be copied without his permission.

11.21 PROJECT AND DIRECTION SIGNBOARD

The Contractor shall supply, erect, and maintain adequate signboards at


locations to be determined by the Engineer. The project signboards shall
be 120 cm high and 240 cm wide and shall be lettered according to
instructions provided by the Engineer. Direction signboards shall be
erected in sufficient numbers, as directed by the Engineer.

11.22 FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT

Suitable fire fighting equipment shall be provided and maintained on site


to deal with any outbreak of fire. All possible precautions shall be taken to
provide for the safe storage of petroleum, explosives, gas bottles, and all
other dangerous goods.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 18
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Permits shall be obtained for the storage of such materials wherever this is
required by the regulations of the competent authorities.

11.23 FIRST AID EQUIPMENT

The Contractor shall provide and maintain on the site first aid equipment
consisting of the following:

a Complete first aid kit with medicines, bandages, splints, etc.


b Motor car to be always available for emergency transportation.
c Stretches for carrying injured persons are to be provided and
maintained at the site.
11.24 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY SIGNS AND BARRIERS

The Contractor shall erect construction safety signs and barriers as and
where directed by the Engineer. The signs and barriers shall be
maintained in good condition and kept clean at all times.

11.25 COORDINATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS

Should one or more other contractors be working for the Employer on or


near the sites, then, pursuant to the provisions of Clause 8 of the
Conditions of Contract, the Contractor shall coordinate his activities under
the direction of the Engineer with those of the other contractor or
contractors working for the Employer on or near the sites. Whenever
interference between the operations of more than one contractor occurs,
the Engineer will decide upon the order of preferences of work under
different contracts so that the whole of the works shall be completed in the
most efficient and economic way to the Employer, and the Contractor shall
abide by such decision of the Engineer.

11.25.1 Co-ordination with overseas supply Contractors

The Contractor shall co-ordinate and co-operate with Overseas Supply


Contractors and arrange for the inspection acceptance and handling of the
materials supplied by them, installed under this Contract.
The Bill of Quantities in the Form of Tender includes items for handling
and storage on the job site in an acceptable manner protected from the
adverse effects of weather and unauthorized access such that no material
shall be off-stock unless and until authorized in writing by the Engineer.

11.25.2 Co-ordination with the Electrical & Mechanical Contractor

The Contractor shall co-operate with the Electro-Mechanical (E & M)


Contractor and facilitate the work of the later by leaving box-out openings
or chiselling through concrete or masonry structures, grouting with
concrete around buried or installed items and all earthwork involved, as
required.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 19
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Besides, the Contractor shall co-ordinate the interconnection of systems


with the Electro-Mechanical Contractor and ensures that pipe ends are in
good condition and protected from damage. Interconnection of the water
main to the pumping stations, well sites, reservoirs and water treatment
plant shall be done by the Civil Works Construction Contractor. The
Contractor shall make a skilled crew available for system start up and
testing on seven (7) days notice from the Owner that the E & M Contractor
wishes to start and test the total system.

The Contractor shall not be entitled to claim extra payment, time


extension or compensation for interference and delays caused by the
adherence to the requirements of this Clause. However, if the Engineer
requests readjustment of time schedule as a result of coordination of
works under different contracts, and such readjustments shall, in the
Engineer‟s opinion, cause a delay in the works beyond the time limit fixed
under this Contract, the Contractor will be granted an extension of time
accordingly.

11.26 PACKING, MARKING AND DELIVERY

Prior to dispatch from the Contractor‟s works, the equipment and


materials shall be thoroughly protected against corrosion and incidental
damage, including the effects of vermin, strong sunlight, rain, high
temperature and humid and salty atmosphere or sea spray.

The equipment and materials shall be packed to withstand rough handling


in transit, and packages shall be suitable for export to and storage in the
tropics, including possible delays on exposed quaysides. The Contractor
shall be held responsible for the materials and equipment being packed so
that it reaches destination intact and undamaged. The Contractor shall
provide, and include in the Contract price the cost of all necessary packing
cases and crates, properly strengthened by battens (which shall be
considered as non-returnable), packing materials (to include but not
limited to the use of polythene or similar water-proof wrapping, silica, etc.
wherever necessary), hoop iron banding and labour.

All crates and packages shall be correctly and adequately marked as


follows:

a Name of the Project.


b Contract Number.
c Designation of Materials and Equipment.
d Item Number.
e All Shipments shall be marked with a blue colour code.

11.27 PROVISIONAL SUMS

Provisional sums shall be expended as directed by the Engineer. The


employer will retain any unused portions.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 20
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

11.28 PROGRESS REPORTS

The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer, at no extra cost to the


Employer, at regular monthly intervals 3 (Three) copies in a form
determined by the Engineer, with Progress Reports containing the
following information:

a physical progress for the report month and estimated progress for the
next month, report of manpower materials supply and consumption,
equipment and machinery on -site.
b completion schedules (target and actual) based on the approved
construction programme.
c updated curves for physical progress at different sections of the
Works.
d any report which may be specifically requested by the Employer
and/or the Engineer.

These monthly reports shall be submitted not later than 5 (five) days after
the end of the report month.

Besides, the Contractor shall keep a daily Log Book at each site to record
weather condition, work executed, material, manpower and equipment
utilization, and causes of unsatisfactory performance and unusual events.
A weekly summarized report should be submitted to the Engineer. In
addition, a supervisor‟s Memo-Book should be kept at each site to
facilitate convenient communication between the two parties.

SECTION 12 SITE DETAILS

12.1 SITES OF WORKS, CARE OF PROPERTY

12.1.1 General

The areas within the site of works on which the Contractor shall be
permitted to do his work, to assemble his equipment and tools, to erect his
stores and to accommodate his workmen, as well as the rights-of-way for
access to the said areas mentioned herein and in Chapter 11 will be
provided by the Employer. The final limits of the above areas will be
determined by the Engineer on site in cooperation and mutual agreement
with the Contractor.

The Contractor‟s responsibilities under Clause 22 of the General


Conditions of Contract shall apply to the whole of the land occupied or
used by the Contractor for the purpose of this Contract. Should any event
occur which is likely to give rise to liabilities under the said Clause 22, the
Contractor shall immediately notify the Employer thereof and shall
thereafter keep him informed on the state of negotiations towards
settlement of any claims by third parties and on the way in which the
Contractor intends to meet his obligations under Clause 22 as aforesaid.
The Employer shall have the right to withhold from any sums due to the

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 21
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Contractor payment of such sums as may appear to the Employer


sufficient to cover the Contractor‟s liabilities under Clause 22 of the
conditions of Contract, until evidence is produced by the Contractor to the
Engineer to show that the Contractor‟s liabilities in this respect have been
finally settled and discharged.

Before entering any lands the Contractor shall make all necessary
arrangements with the owners and/or occupiers thereof, and shall
temporarily fence off the easement whilst any work is in progress thereon
so as to prevent injury to persons, cattle or stock on the adjoining land,
and he shall take full responsibility for preventing unauthorized persons
from entering the site of the works.

The Contractor shall adopt all required measures to prevent soil erosion
arising directly or indirectly from his operations, and site clearance, as per
Chapter 21, shall be done on the minimum area necessary for performing
the works. Where possible the original surface contours shall be reinstated
and protected.

12.1.2 Prevention of Obstructions, pollution & Avoidance of Nuisance

The Contractor shall ensure at all times that the site and the approaches
thereto are not obstructed or made congested and that no nuisance is
created due to the construction of the works which might affect the site or
its environment.

The Contractor shall ensure that there is no spillage of oil into


groundwater aquifers, into rivers or other water courses. Before
commencing any work which could involve spillage of oil, the Contractor
shall consult the Engineer and provide such effective anti-pollution
measures as may be required to prevent such spillage or pollution.

12.1.3 Public Roads, Bridges, etc.

Where any road, path, right-of-way, or parcel of land, etc. is interfered with
by the construction of the works, and wherever necessary or required for
the convenience of the public or individual residents, the Contractor shall
provide suitable temporary approaches, bridges, gangways, and roads over
unfilled excavations, except in such cases as the Contractor shall secure
the written consent of the individuals or authorities concerned to omit
these. All such temporary facilities shall be maintained in service until all
requirements of the specification have been fully complied with.
Temporary bridges for street and highway crossings shall meet the
requirements and approval of the authority having jurisdiction in each
case as may be required.

The Contractor shall provide means of access to enable the adjacent


occupiers to carry on their normal occupations, and shall indemnify the
Employer against any claims for loss of business or amenities.

The Contractor shall obtain the approval of the authorities or owners in


advance as to the nature of the temporary approaches, bridges, gangways,

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 22
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

and roads, and shall arrange with them for suitable dates for the
performance of all related work.

The cost of constructing, maintaining and removing of all temporary by-


passes, gangways, bridges, etc. under this Clause shall be spread over all
items in the Bill of Quantities.

12.1.4 Work in Public Roads

Where public roads or streets have to be crossed or works are performed


in public roads or streets, the Contractor shall obtain instructions from
the authorities concerned as to the date and hour for the braking up of the
road, the manner in which traffic to be detoured to other roads or streets,
and the length of trench which may be left open at a time, which in any
case, shall not exceed 200 m, unless permitted by the Engineer. All streets
and roads used shall be kept free from dust and mud, and, unless
permission to close certain streets or roads is obtained by the Contractor
from the authorities concerned, at least one-half of the width of each street
or road shall be kept open to traffic. Where required by authorities having
jurisdiction over streets and highways, satisfactory detours shall be
provided by the Contractor at his expense.

Men and apparatus shall be provided by the Contractor for pedestrian and
for traffic control when working along or crossing roads. Lamps shall be
lighted and warning sign-boards put up when and where necessary to
ensure during the progress of work the safety of traffic using the road or
street, and to prevent unauthorized persons, animals, etc. from straying
on to the work.

All roads and streets shall be restored to their original condition as soon
as pipe-laying work at the crossing has been completed. All restoration
work, such as backfilling and road base course and surfacing, shall be
performed to the requirements of the specification and the satisfaction of
the competent authority.

At certain locations along roads which are subject to overflow of storm


water, the Contractor may be prohibited from making excavations during
rainy weather, and also the Contractor may be required at his own cost
and expense to furnish bags filled with sand and place them wherever
ordered along the roads as a means of protecting the travelling public.
Wherever necessary, adequate flumes shall be provided for conveying the
storm water runoff from all tributary drainage areas across the trench.

12.1.5 Maintenance, Removal and Reconstruction of Utilities, etc.


a In so far as practicable during the progress of the work, the property
of any owner of a public utility or pipeline, conduit, sewer, culvert,
irrigation pipe or flume, storm drain, drainage ditch, pole line, street
lighting system, overhead and underground wires or cables, either
main line structures or laterals and services, or any other structure
or facility, shall not be disturbed but shall be supported and
protected against injury and maintained in good operating condition.
In no case shall any such property be disturbed or removed without
the consent of the owner and the approval of the Engineer, as

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 23
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

hereinafter provided. The Contractor shall be responsible for and


make good all damage due to his operations, and the provisions of
this Sub-Clause shall not be abated even in the event that such
damage occurs after backfilling, or is not discovered until after
completion of backfilling.
b Where drawings show the position of certain pipes, conduits, poles
and other structures as they are supposed to exist along the lines of
the work, no guarantee is given that the locations and dimensions are
accurate or that other utilities or structures than those shown are
not in existence. The Contractor before commencing any excavation
shall ascertain from records or otherwise the existence, position and
ownership of such facilities, and except as expressly provided in Sub-
Clause (f) hereof, no error or omission on said drawings shall be
construed to relieve the Contractor from his responsibility in
protecting, at his own cost, any such pipe, conduit, pole or other
structure.
Should the Contractor deem it necessary to sink trial holes and
exploration trenches for the purpose of ascertaining the existence and
position of such facilities, he shall do it well ahead of excavation and
at his own cost.
c The Contractor shall, at his own cost and expense, and in a manner
approved by the Engineer, sustain in their places and protect from
injury any and all water mains, drains, conduits, culverts, cables,
buildings and all other structures of property in the vicinity of the
work, whether over or underground, or which appear within the
excavations, and he shall assume all costs and expenses for damage
which may be occasioned by injury to any of them.
d If damage to any structure or utility occurs by reason of the
Contractor‟s operations, even though special precautions have been
employed, the Contractor shall be entirely responsible for such
damage whether such operations and the work resulting therefrom
have received the prior approval of the Engineer or not, and shall
indemnify the Employer against any claims of loss caused by the
damage.
e Where land drains, culverts, sewers, pipes, cables, etc., are
temporarily disturbed, diverted or dammed up and replaced or
reinstated, or required temporarily to be supported or slung during
the process of excavation and pipe laying, such work shall be taken
to be included in the rates of excavation and pipe laying in the Bill of
Quantities.

Where ditches or open drains are crossed by the pipelines or run


parallel to, or alongside the trenches, they shall be kept open as may
be required for the passage of water flowing at the time, and at the
conclusion of the work shall be cleared of all spoil and restored to the
satisfaction of the Engineer at the Contractor‟s expense.

Should any existing subsoil or field drains be uncovered, the


Contractor shall carefully replace them when backfilling or, if this is
impossible, he shall divert them to new drains or ditches.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 24
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

f Should the location of any pipe, conduit, pole line, culvert, structure,
etc., be such that in the opinion of the Engineer require temporary or
permanent removal, realignment or change, these works shall be
done by the respective utilities, or by the Contractor under the
supervision of the said utility. The Contractor, upon receiving the
Engineer‟s approval, shall instruct the respective utility to carry out
the work and shall coordinate it with his construction works and the
work of other utilities, if any. The Contractor will be reimbursed for
the actual costs charged by the utility and paid by him plus ten
percent (10%) for overhead, profit, etc. Should the Contractor, upon
receiving the Engineer‟s instructions, carry out these works himself,
he shall be paid on a day-work basis.

12.1.6 Work in Vicinity of Power Lines

Wherever the pipes cross an electrical power line right-of-way, the


Contractor shall familiarize himself with the requirements and regulations
of the Ethiopian Electric and Power Corporation (EEPCO) with regard to
work carried out in the vicinity of power lines. He shall comply with such
requirements and regulations and obtain any permits required.

Equipment shall not be operated where it is possible to bring such


equipment or any CHAPTER of the equipment within 3 m (three metres) of
any energized electrical conductor unless the utility company has been
notified, and either the line has been de-energized, or effectively guarded
against contact, or displaced or re-routed from the work area. For high-
voltage transmission lines, a greater clearance shall be provided as
determined by the EEPCO.

Where practical, metallic pipe sections shall not be stored under overhead
high voltage power lines. If pipe sections must be stored under power
lines, the Contractor shall protect personnel from the effects of induced
currents by grounding pipe sections at two locations with a 40 mm2
copper ground conductor and grounding rods.

12.2 ROYALTIES

Any royalties payable by the Contractor in respect of soils or rocks


excavated, or land outside that made available free under the Contract, for
the construction of permanent works, shall be reimbursed through the
monthly interim certificates.

12.3 ACCESS TO THE WORKS


12.3.1 General

The Contractor at his own expense shall perform all work necessary for
access to the site. The Employer assumes no responsibility for the
condition or maintenance of any existing road or structure thereon that
may be used by the Contractor for performing the work under this
Contract and for travelling to and from the site.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 25
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

No payment will be made to the Contractor for improving, repairing, or


maintaining any existing road or structure thereon that may be used by
the Contractor for performance of the work under this Contract.

The Contractor shall prepare at his own cost temporary access roads to
the site and temporary roads along the pipelines that may be required for
construction purposes as approved by the Engineer. Such roads shall be
of sufficient width and stability to permit the movement of all vehicles and
equipment and shall be maintained by the Contractor in a good
serviceable condition throughout the period of construction. The Employer
and the Engineer and their employees as well as any other contractor
working on the Sites for the Employer shall at all times have free use of
the temporary roads prepared by the Contractor.

12.3.2 Right-of-way

The Employer will provide right-of-way for the pipelines and structures to
be constructed under the Contract. In the event that any private or public
right-of-way for the work included in the Contract is not secured prior to
the time the Contractor is ready to perform the work on the parcel of land
to be occupied by said right-of-way, the Engineer reserves the right to
suspend work by the Contractor on said parcel of land until the necessary
right-of-way can be obtained or until changes in the location of the
pipeline can be made to accommodate right-of-way conditions.

12.3.3 Access to the Works and Damage to Roads

Neither the terms hereof nor anything shown on the Drawings in


connection with temporary or permanent right-of-way provided by the
Employer shall be construed to entitle the Contractor to access rights in
violation of any local regulations and/or the requirements of this Contract.

Nothing herein shall be construed to entitle the Contractor to the


exclusive use of any public street or way during the performance of the
works, and he shall conduct his operations in accordance with the
requirements of Clause 12.1 above and Clause 19 of the Conditions of
Contract.

12.3.4 Agricultural Land

Where the pipelines pass through agricultural land or any other ground
not used as a road, street or footpath, the Contractor shall confine his
operations to a strip not exceeding 20 m in width.

12.4 MAINTENANCE OF ROADS

From the date of possession of the Site until a certificate of completion has
been given, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the roads
on the site in a satisfactory and usable condition.

If in the opinion of the Engineer the condition of any section of road had
been allowed to deteriorate below the minimum standard required and the

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 26
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Contractor shall have failed to improve such condition, the Engineer may
instruct another party to carry out such repairs as are in his opinion
necessary, and shall deduct the cost of such repairs from monies due to
the Contractor or which may become due.

12.5 CLEARING UP OF SITE

During the progress of the works, the Contractor shall clear up and
remove from the surface of the ground all temporary buildings as per the
Engineer‟s instructions, plant, material, debris resulting from work and/or
demolitions, litter, rubbish, and surplus soil which may be left on the
ground or in and about the works or land temporarily occupied by the
Contractor. On completion of the works the Contractor shall clean up the
entire site and shall leave it in a neat and clean condition to the
satisfaction of the Engineer. To this end he shall level and fill any
temporary roads, spoil heaps, cuttings or embankments, not permitted to
remain permanent works, and shall take particular care to restore any
existing drains that may have been blocked or interfered with by his
operations. Any surplus soil from the works shall be disposed of to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.

The Contractor shall adopt all measures to ensure that soil erosion is
avoided.

12.6 SALVAGED TEMPORARY WORKS

Temporary Store or Shed for Employer supplied pipes, fittings, and


materials, the Engineer‟s office and furniture and the Contractor‟s office,
all according to the drawings shall remain the employer‟s property.

12.7 MOBILIZATION & DEMOBILIZATION

Mobilization shall consist of preparatory work and operations including,


but not limited to, those necessary to the movement of personnel,
equipment, supplies and incidentals to the project site; and for all other
work and operations which must be performed or costs incurred prior to
beginning work on the various items on the project site.

Demobilization shall consist of cleanup work and operations including,


but not limited to, those necessary to the removal of personnel,
equipment, and incidentals from the project site.
Payment for mobilization will be made at the lump sum price shown in the
bill of quantities to the portions approved by the Engineer from time to
time as per the approved delivery schedules.

Payment for demobilization will be paid as per the bill of quantities and
upon completion of the Contract and removal of equipment and clean up
of the work areas to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 27
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

SECTION 13 FACILITIES FOR THE ENGINEER AND HIS


STAFF
13.1 GENERAL

The Contractor shall pay for insurance, fuel and maintenance and drivers
for the four 4WD vehicles to be provided by the employer for the use of the
Consultant (Four Double cabin Pickups), throughout the performances of
the Contract, a suitable office and store at each site with all facilities and
furniture with in 30 days after commencement date of the project.
13.2 OFFICE BUILDING

The Contractor shall provide on site an office building, having a total


internal area of 110 sq. m. and comprising an office for the Engineer and
his Representative, an office for other staff, toilet, washrooms and store.
The building shall be of weatherproof construction having corrugated iron
sheet walls and lined with hard board, chip-wood ceiling, or similar, and
wooden or concrete floors. All external openings shall be fly-screened and
doors shall be fitted with handles and locks. Outside doors shall also have
a night latch. The building shall be adequately lighted, ventilated, and
provided with electricity and running water. Cool potable water shall also
be supplied.

Each office of the Engineer shall be furnished with two desks, four chairs,
one 4-drawer filing cabinet, 2 m of shelving, 2 desk top computers, 3 lap
top computer, 1 printer, 1 photocopy machine and a waste paper basket;
and reverted to the Employer after completion of the project.

Each office of staff shall have five desks, five chairs, 2m of shelving, and
one waste paper basket.

The store shall be sufficient for drafting and office supplies, surveying
instruments, one metal storage cabinet and one flat file cabinet for large
drawings.

The toilet shall be fitted with a squatting plate and hand-washing basin.
Adequate wastewater and sewage disposal facilities shall be provided.

There shall be adequate access and parking facilities.

13.3 SURVEYOR’S EQUIPMENT

In addition to the necessary labour, the Contractor shall provide for the
use of the Engineer and his staff a complete set of surveyor‟s equipment,
including a 2 total station ,2 automatic levelling , a 5 meter tape, a 50
meter chain, pegs, 4-range poles, sight rails, paint, lines, spirit level,
support tools, etc.

Payment of the provision of surveying labour and equipment shall be made


at the lump sum price shown in the Bill of Quantities.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 28
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

13.4 ATTENDANCE UPON THE ENGINEER

The Contractor shall allow in the Contract price, spread over the items in
the Bills of Quantities, for attendance on the Engineer during visits to and
inspection of the works and shall, at no extra cost to the Employer, afford
every assistance and facility and supply all labour and material requisite to
the Resident Engineer and his staff to assist them in performing their
duties.

13.5 PRIORITY FOR THE PROVISION OF FACILITIES

The Contractor shall give the highest priority to providing the Engineer‟s
office and laboratory. No permanent work on any section of the Contract
shall be paid for until these items are made available for use, unless
otherwise agreed by the Engineer. The contractor shall provide to the
engineer new 4 4WD double cabin pick up vehicle for use of the engineer
and reverted to the Employer after completion of the project.

Provision of the Engineer office and accompanying facilities shall be paid


for as provided for in the Bill of Quantities.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 29
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

CHAPTER 2 SITE WORKS AND EARTHWORKS

SECTION 21 SITE PREPARATION

21.1 SITE PREPARATION

21.1.1 Scope

The works under this Chapter include site clearance and any demolitions
that may be required, protection of any existing structure or element that
must remain intact, etc. prior to commencing the above works the
Contractor shall obtain all necessary licenses and permits required for
performance.

General clearing and grubbing work shall consist of scraping soft soil up
to 200 mm depth, clearing, grubbing, removing and disposal of all
vegetation including trees of girth less than 0.15 mts. And debris which
are within the site, except vegetation and objects designated to remain.
The work shall also include the preservation from injury or defacement of
all vegetation and objects designated to remain.

21.1.2 Site Clearance – General

The areas of all sites and access roads (weather temporary or permanent),
and other areas as directed by the Engineer shall be cleared of all standing
or felled trees, stumps, brush, logs buildings, debris, rubbish and other
objectionable matter.

The Contractor shall not commence clearing any area and/or demolition
without having received written instruction from the Engineer.

21.1.3 Clearing of Vegetation

Trees, stumps and brush shall be cut off flush with the ground in all areas
to be cleared, except in areas to be grubbed as prescribed in Sub-Clause
21.1.4 The clearing shall be maintained until completion of the works. All
trees outside the areas to be cleared and such other trees that are not to
be removed shall be carefully protected from damage during the work
operations, and no trees shall be remove without the prior consent of the
Engineer. All cut trees shall remain the property of the Employer, and the
Contractor shall collect these trees and store them until required by the
Employer.

21.1.4 Grubbing

In addition to the clearing to be carried out as specified in Sub-Clause


21.1.3, the stamps and roots of trees and brush shall be grubbed in areas
at the sites of all earth fill construction, structures, and elsewhere as
directed.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 30
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

21.1.5 Disposal of Trees, Roots, Etc.

Except for trees which shall remain the property of the Employer, as under
Sub clause 21.1.2, all materials from required clearing and grubbing shall
be removed from the area, burned completely, or disposed of in a manner
satisfactory to the Engineer.

All materials to be burnt shall be piled and all burning shall be so through
that the materials will be reduced to ashes. Piling for burning shall be
done in such manner and in such locations as to cause no fire hazard and
least nuisance to inhabitants of the area. The Contractor shall have
available at all times, for use in preventing and suppressing fires,
apparatus and fire-fighting equipment satisfactory to the Engineer. When,
in the opinion of the Engineer, the fire hazard is great, burning shall be
deferred or additional fire-fighting equipment shall be provided.

All Materials not burned to ashes shall be disposed of by removal from site
of the works, and upon removal such materials shall become the property
of the Contractor who shall dispose of them by burial in locations and in a
manner approved by the Engineer.

21.2 PIPELINES IN BUSH AREAS

Where pipelines pass through bush areas the contractor shall clear a 6m
wide strip along the route of the pipeline.

All trees, stumps and roots shall be removed to a minimum of 30cm below
the finished grade of the pipeline, or killed, within a strip of two metres on
either side of the pipeline.

21.3 REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF SOD

Where excavation is made across lawns on private property over which the
Employer has secured passage or right-of-way, the Contractor shall
remove and carefully store sufficient sod and topsoil to repair damage-
cased to lawns. Sod shall be replaced on graded topsoil and shall be neatly
fitted and well tamped with flat wooden tampers. The cost of removal and
replacement of sod shall be included in the rates of excavation.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 31
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

SECTION 22 EARTHWORKS

22.1 CLASSIFICATION

All excavation shall be performed in accordance with local and ILO safety
regulations. Excavation will be classified as “rock excavation” or “common
excavation” in accordance with the following definitions of the material
excavated.

22.1.1 Rock Excavation

“Rock” shall mean solid rock as found in ledges or masses in its original
position, which can only be loosened by blasting or by pneumatic tools, or
if excavated by hand, by wedges and sledge hammers or specialised rock
breaking hammers. Rock which is in a shattered condition and/or is
capable of being loosened by rippers of earthmoving plant up to 150 h.p.
or giving way to pick-axes with some effort is excluded from the definition
of solid rock. Boulders and detached pieces of rock (as defined above)
having a volume of more than 0.1 cubic meter will also be classed as rock.

No material, except the aforesaid, will be defined as rock and classified as


such for the purposes of payment, whether loosened by blasting,
pneumatic tools or otherwise. To remove any doubt, it shall be understood
that hardpan, decomposed or soft rock, cemented gravel, shale, red ash,
etc. even though it may be advantageous to use explosive in their removal,
will in no case be classified as rock.

Nothing in the Contract shall entitle the Contractor to be paid for


excavation in rock unless, at the time the excavation is open and visible,
the Contractor shall have given notice in writing to the Engineer that he
claims to be paid for excavation in rock. After giving such notice the
Contractor shall not fill in the excavation or otherwise prevent the
excavation from being inspected until the Contractor and Engineer have
jointly examined and measured the work.

The excavated rock, subject to locally applied regulations, shall remain the
property of the Employer and stock piling or disposal should be as
directed by the Engineer.

All agreements between the Contractor and the Engineer as to whether or


not excavation is in rock, and the quantity thereof, shall be duly recorded
and signed by the Contractor and the Engineer.

Compliance with the foregoing provision in relation to recording of


excavation in rock and the quantities thereof shall be a condition
precedent to the right of the Contractor to be paid for excavation in rock
and such record shall be final and binding between the parties as to the
quantity of excavation in rock.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 32
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

22.1.2 Common Excavation:

The excavation of all other materials, weather hard or soft to which the
definition of “rock” as above does not apply, shall be considered as
“common excavation”

22.2 GENERAL AND FOUNDATION EXCAVATION

Everything said in the specification with regard to the excavation, disposal


of excavated material, etc., shall equally apply to the various types of soil,
unless otherwise stated.

All excavations shall be carried out to the limits shown on the Drawings or
defined in the specification or as directed by the Engineer. When
excavating in any material other than hard rock for formation levels under
any structure, the last 150 mm of excavation shall be taken out not more
than 24 hours before placing of foundations or fill. If, owing to the
Contractor having carried out excavations below 150 mm above formation
levels or having excavated to formation levels, the extra excavation shall
be treated as excess excavation as specified below. The bottom of
excavations shall be levelled and trimmed to full width to required lines
and levels, and where in foundations shall be well watered and rammed
before placing of concrete.

The Contractor shall fully support the sides and ends of all trenches and
excavations wherever necessary with strong, close timbering, and shall
prevent any fall or run of earth or sand from any portion of the ground
outside of the trench or excavation. If, despite such precautions, or by
reason of their neglect, any portions of the bottoms, sides or ends of any
trenches or excavations shall give way or be excavated without
instructions from the Engineer, the Contractor shall excavate and remove
all the ground thereby disturbed both within and without the limits of the
trench or excavation, and such extra excavation shall be treated as excess
excavation as specified below.

Should the Contractor exceed in depth or extent the excavation of the


formation, or be ordered to take out extra excavation for the reasons given
above, no payment will be made for such excess excavation, and he shall,
if so ordered by the Engineer, make it good with rammed fill or in such
class of concrete as may be ordered by the Engineer, all at the Contractor‟s
expense.

Should any existing subsoil or field drains be uncovered during any


excavation, the Contractor shall carefully replace them when backfilling
or, if this is impossible, he shall divert them to new drains or ditches, or
otherwise re-lay them as the Engineer may direct. This work will be paid
as Day work.

Before commencing any pipe laying, building or earth-filling work, all


shattered and loose material muse be removed by hand, the excavation
being performed as instructed by the Engineer, so as to ensure that the

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 33
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

work rests on an absolutely solid and clean foundation or abuts tightly


against solid ground.

In no case must pipes, concrete or earthfill placed in an excavation, until


the surface onto which such pipes, concrete and earthfill are to be placed,
has been approved by the Engineer.

The Contractor shall advise the Engineer in good and reasonable time
whenever the bottom of any excavation is ready for inspection or whenever
it is necessary to cover up the work. In default of such notice the
foundations shall, on the order of the Engineer, be uncovered by the
Contractor and reinstated without extra charge.

22.3 STRIPPING OF FOUNDATIONS FOR EARTHFILL CONSTRUCTION

The areas on which compacted or semi-compacted earthfill is to be placed


or such portions thereof as may be directed by the Engineer shall, after
clearing and grubbing, as specified in Clause 21.1, be stripped of all
materials not suitable for the foundation of the earthworks, such as top
soil, rubbish, organic materials, etc.

The normal depth of stripping is expected to be 300 mm, but the Engineer
may order the stripping to be done to such larger depth as he may think
necessary.

Stripped material shall be wasted except for such soil as can be used for
fill or topsoil required for grassing, where shown on the Drawings. These
soils shall be set aside and detained. Waste areas shall be allocated by the
Engineer. Care shall be exercised that spoil heaps will not interfere with
the work, flow or river and drainage channels. The Contractor will not be
paid for double handling of excavated material.

22.4 BLASTING

22.4.1 General Requirements

All blasting shall be done in such a manner that the rock outside the
excavation lines remains undisturbed and that the excavation conforms as
nearly as possible to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings and/or
determined by the Engineer. Any rock shattered by excessive blasting
outside or the prescribed lines and grades shall be excavated and
replaced, at the Contractor‟s expense, by such class of concrete as the
Engineer may direct.

The Contractor shall provide a special store for explosives in accordance


with local regulations and the Engineer‟s approval and shall provide
experienced man for handling explosives to the satisfaction of the
Engineer and the authorities concerned.

The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent loss. Injury
or accident to persons or property or to work completed or under

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 34
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

construction and shall be entirely liable for any accident or damage that
may result from the use of explosives.

The Engineer shall have power to regulate, restrict or prohibit blasting if in


his opinion it is necessary to do so for the safety to persons or property or
to safeguard the foundations or sides of the excavation and the Contractor
shall have no claim against the Employer in respect of such regulation or
prohibition.

22.4.2 Blasting Personnel

The Contractor shall provide an expert professional blaster approved by


the Engineer to design and direct the method of excavation by blasting.
Prior to bringing the blasting expert to the site the Contractor shall submit
his C.V. to the Engineer for his approval.

22.4.3 Blasting Information to be Furnished by the Contractor

At least three weeks prior to the scheduled start of excavation in the area,
the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for his approval his detailed
plan for accomplishing the work specified in this Clause showing pertinent
data for each stage of excavation. Such data shall include the location,
depth and area of the blast; diameter, spacing, depth, pattern and
inclination of blast holes; the type, strength, amount and distribution of
explosives to be used per hole per delay, and per blast; the sequence and
the pattern of delays; and the description and purpose of any special
method to be adopted by the Contractor. Approval by the Engineer of
blasting data and technique shall not relive the Contractor of any
responsibility to exercise proper supervision and field judgment and to
produce results specified.

22.4.4 Blasting Precautions

Blasting shall be permitted only after the proper precautions have taken
for the protection of all persons, work and property, as required under
Sub-clause 1 above. Under no circumstances shall blasting be permitted
within thirty metres of concrete or grout that has been in place less than
seven days. Special care shall be taken as concrete foundation bottoms
are approached, and a thickness of not less than 750 mm above the
foundation bottoms shall be completed with small charges in holes not
exceeding 600 mm in depth. The last 150 mm of rock above foundation
level shall be removed by use of power tools or by hand.

Blasting within thirty metres of concrete or grout that has been in place
seven days or more will be permitted only after submission by the
Contractor and approval by the Engineer of a plan showing the relative
positions of structures and grouted areas and the area to be blasted
together with an outline of the precautions to be taken. In any event, all
concrete work shall be protected by limiting the size of blasts, covering
blasts, and/or other approved means until it is certain that there is no
danger or damage caused either by shock waves or flying rock.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 35
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

The cost of supplying, storing, and using explosives shall be included in


the prices for excavation in rock.

22.4.5 Finished Rock Surfaces

The Contractor‟s blasting techniques shall be such that, upon completion,


all final excavated surfaces will be sound and relatively smooth as
accepted by the Engineer. To ensure the stability of the remaining rock
and to keep over break and over drilling to a minimum, the Contractor
shall exercise the utmost care in drilling and blasting operations.

It shall be the Contractor‟s responsibility to produce sound and smooth


surfaces by controlling the failure process in blasting and by determining
the proper relationship among the factors of burden, spacing, depth of
charge, amount and type of explosive, hole size and delay pattern, as well
as other considerations which are necessary to achieve the specified
surface.
22.5 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES IN ROCK

Where structures are founded on rock, the depths to which the


foundations are to extend into rock shall be as shown on the Drawings or
as directed by the Engineer. The bottom and side slopes of rock upon or
against which concrete is to be placed shall be excavated to the
dimensions shown on the Drawings or as established by the Engineer. No
rock material will be permitted to extend within the lines of the structures.
Clauses 22.1, and 22.2 shall apply to rock excavation under this clause.
Backfill abutting and around structures shall consist of granular selected
material and shall be placed in accordance with the requirements of Sub-
Clause 22.8.2 and compacted to the applicable provisions of Clauses 22.9
and 22.10 hereinafter.

22.6 TREATMENT OF ROCK SURFACES

22.6.1 General

The Contractor shall keep free of running water and pools the surfaces
upon or against which earth fill or concrete will be placed. Special
precautions shall be taken to prevent running water from washing out
cement while it is setting or from injuring the works in any other way.

Drains and pipes shall be provided in or behind fill or concrete as may be


necessary for the temporary conveyance of water and shall afterwards be
grouted up.

22.6.2 Rock Foundations for Concrete

Rock upon or against which concrete is to be placed is to be excavated to


the required levels and dimensions, as directed by the Engineer. Any
pocket of material that is unsuitable for foundations, located in the
foundation area and reaching below the final level of the rock surface,

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 36
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

shall be excavated material shall be disposed of as directed by the


Engineer.

The foundation surface shall then be thoroughly cleaned, first by wire


brushing and then by means of an air-water gun, or by water under high
pressure. All excavated pockets of unsuitable material, cracks and crevices
shall then properly cleaned out and, immediately before concreting, shall
be backfilled with concrete, mortar or grout, to the satisfaction of the
Engineer. The rock surfaces shall be clean free from all loose material,
concrete, mud, dirt and any other deleterious substances prior to
spreading the mortar proceeding the concrete as described in Clause
31.14.

22.6.3 Rock Foundations for Earth-fill Construction

Where compacted earth-fill is to be placed on exposed rock surfaces, such


surfaces shall first be cleaned by removing all rock fragments and other
loose material and shall then be jetted alternatively with water and
compressed air. Where the surface shows large bulges and irregularities,
blasting may be required to obtain a reasonably even surface. Where, after
cleaning and/or blasting the rock surface is fairly even and shows only
open cracks and joints, these shall be cleaned out filled with sand-cement
mortar broomed into the surface. Where the rock is badly broken, the
larger cervices shall be filled up with mortar and concrete.

Where rock surface preparation, as described in this Clause, is required by


the Engineer, separate payment will be made at the unit price per square
meter inserted therefore in the Bill of Quantities, which price shall include
all materials and labour required.

22.7 SITE FORMATION

Site Formation, where indicated on Drawings or directed by the Engineer,


shall consist of bringing the areas of the various sites to the required
general levels by excavation or fill, as may be necessary according to
existing topographical conditions.

Site excavation shall be done to general site levels shown on the Drawings
or to such other depths and levels as the Engineer may direct. The
excavation shall be done to the underside of bearing courses when
excavating within the limits of internal roads and parking areas. The
surfaces of site excavation shall be finished and levelled to the exact
required lines and slopes as shown on the Drawings and/or as ordered by
the Engineer. Site excavation shall be done in accordance with Clause
22.2.

Where required the site areas shall be brought up to the required levels by
well compacted selected fill obtained from required excavation or
elsewhere as directed by the Engineer. Areas on which such fill is to be
placed shall be stripped of productive soil to a depth of 300 mm or such
other depth as the Engineer may direct. The filling material shall then be
spread in layers not exceeding 150 mm for clayey material and 200 mm for

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 37
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

granular material. The fill shall be watered as required, compacted to a


Proctor Dry Density of 95%, as defined in Clause 22.10, and to 100%
under reservoirs, and finished to the required lines, levels and slopes as
shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer, all in accordance
with the requirements of this Chapter.

22.8 EARTHWORKS FOR BUILDINGS, ETC.

22.8.1 Excavation

The surface excavation within the outlines of the building shall commence
from the reduced levels after general site excavation and/or stripping off
the productive soil, and extend down to the underside of blinding layers,
provided that, where through necessary by the Engineer because of the
nature of the soil encountered at the bottom of the surface excavation, as
specified above, it shall be extended to an additional depth of 300 mm or
such other depth as may be required by the Engineer, which additional
depth shall then be backfilled to the required sub-grade level as specified
below. Excavation of trenches for foundations, drains, etc. shall be done
below the general level of the surface excavation as previously described.

The bottom of excavation shall be accurately levelled and trimmed to full


width, to exact required lines and levels, watered and rammed to obtain a
firm surface for binding layers and concrete.

The excavated material that is suitable and required for backfill in the
same building or other buildings erected on the site shall be set aside for
future re-use, and the remainder of the excavated material shall be run to
spoil.

22.8.2 Backfill

Backfill around foundations and where required below floors (as above)
shall be placed in layers not exceeding 150 mm in thickness after
compaction. It shall be moistened and compacted as instructed by the
Engineer, special care being taken to obtain effective bond between layers
and with sides of excavation. Surfaces of backfill below floors shall be
trimmed and otherwise treated as specified above for sub-grades in
excavation.

Should the material obtained from the required excavation for the various
buildings prove to be unsuitable for filling under floors and around
foundations, approved inert material shall be imported from outside the
site and used in filling as described above.

The Engineer may require or permit the use of hardcore to form a base
course in the upper of the backfill below floors. Such hardcore shall
consist mainly of stones as large as possible but not larger that the
thickness of the required course with a sufficient quantity of smaller
stones to fill the voids between the large stones and seal the top of the
course.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 38
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

22.9 MOISTURE CONTROL OF EARTHFILL

In this specification, the terms “Proctor Dry Density” and “Optimum


Moisture Content” shall mean the density and moisture content,
respectively, corresponding to the maximum point on the moisture
content-dry density curve obtained from Test 12 in BS 1377.

The optimum moisture content required to obtain the maximum density of


the fill during compaction will be determined by testing as per BS 1377
and the actual moisture content shall not vary from the required content
by more than plus 3 or minus 2 percent.

This optimum moisture content, determined by the above tests as required


for compaction purposes, shall be uniform throughout each layer of the
earthfill during compaction. Insofar as practicable, as determined by the
Engineer, the application of water to the material for this purpose shall be
done at the site of the excavation and shall be supplemented, as required
by sprinkling on the earthfill if necessary. Harrowing or other working of
the material may be required to produce the required uniformity of water
content.

Where necessary, grips and drainage ditches shall be cut in fill or natural
ground to assist in drainage and the Contractor shall make allowance for
this in his rates.

When the state of the weather is such that it would adversely affect the
placing of earth-fill, all such work shall stop. After rain it may be
necessary to allow the earth-fill to dry to the correct moisture content.

At all times during dry weather, whether earth-fill construction is taking


place or not, the surface of the fill is everywhere to be watered or protected
to prevent undue drying of the surface. Watering is to be done by methods
approved by the Engineer.

Any material in the earth-fill not complying with the specified density or
moisture content shall be removed and replaced by new material at the
Contractor‟s own expense notwithstanding the fact that it may be overlaid
by more recently placed material.

The Contractor‟s proposed method of excavating, transporting and placing


earth-fill material, watering and compacting and any subsequent
modifications thereof, together with a detailed list of quantities and types
of plant to be used for all these operations, shall be subject to the
Engineer‟s approval before work starts on the site and shall be amended in
accordance with any instructions he may issue from time to time. Should
the Contractor wants to vary the approved method, he will be required to
satisfy the Engineer that his proposed method of working produces result
at least as good as the results obtained by the approved method.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 39
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

22.10 COMPACTION OF EARTHFILL


22.10.1 Compaction Equipment

Compaction equipment for the earth-fill construction material shall not be


used unless the Engineer in writing has approved it.

Depending on the areas to be compacted and the prevailing conditions,


compaction equipment could comprise, vibrating or non-vibrating steel or
pneumatic tired rollers, hand-operated rollers, mechanical tampers and
other compaction equipment or methods approved by the Engineer.

22.10.2 Compaction – General

The Contractor shall take representative samples of all soils that will
require controlled compaction and shall develop moisture-density
diagrams for determining the Optimum Moisture Content for each soil (BS
1377 Test 12).

During construction of the earthworks the Contractor shall perform the


tests required to determine the moisture content of the earth-fill before
compaction and the density after compaction.

All tests shall be performed under the supervision of the Engineer who
shall instruct as to the number and type of tests to be performed.
Moisture-density and compaction tests shall be carried out by approved
means, either on site or elsewhere.

If any compacted material does not reach the required density it shall be
either discarded and replaced by new earth-fill or reworked as instructed
by the Engineer.

If there is doubt as to whether the required degree of compaction has been


attained, the area in question will be retested. Further placing of earth-fill
in this area shall cease until the Engineer approves it.

In any event no new material shall be placed over compacted material


until the latter material has been successfully tested and approved by the
Engineer. After being spread on the construction surface and before
compaction, each layer of clayey earth-fill shall be worked and blended
with a minimum of two passes of a 75 cm disk harrow, provided with
sufficient ballast weight to force the disc to cut through and mix the
material. When it is necessary to add water on the construction surface,
the material shall be sprinkled during or after the first two passes of the
disc harrow, after which the material shall be worked again by two
additional passes of the disc harrow.

When each layer of material has been conditioned to the best practicable
moisture content for compaction purposes, it shall be compacted using
approved compacting equipment to a dry density at least 95% of the
maximum Proctor Dry Density (as defined in Clause 22.9) in the case of
compacted earth-fill in general, and 100% in the case of compacted earth-
fill under structures. No subsequent layer shall be placed until the

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 40
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

previous layer has been properly compacted. Prior to commencing


compaction of any material the Contractor shall determine the minimum
number of passes of the compacting equipment required to compact a
layer of any one material.

If the moisture content is less that the optimum required for compaction,
the compaction shall not proceed without specific approval and, in that
event, additional rolling and sprinkling shall be done, to obtain the
required compaction. If the moisture content of clayey material is greater
than optimum, such material may be removed and stockpiled for later use,
or the compacting shall be delayed until the material has dried to the
proper moisture content. No additional payment will be made for the
removal and stockpiling, or the drying of materials, or for any delays
occasioned thereby.

Where compaction by means of approved equipment is impracticable, or


undesirable, and in locations where reasonable manoeuvrability of the
said equipment is not possible, the Contractor will be required to use
other equipment for providing compaction equivalent to that which can be
obtained by the originally approved equipment.

22.10.3 Tamping

Portions of the earth-fill to be placed on rough rock surfaces, at steep or


irregular abutment contracts, adjoining the concrete structures and
elsewhere, which, in the opinion of the Engineer cannot be compacted
properly by the use of other equipment, shall be compacted thoroughly by
the use of hand operated mechanical tampers or vibrators to be approved
by the Engineer. The degree of compaction and moisture content for such
portions of the earth-fill shall be equal to those required for other portions
of the earth-fill for which compaction by roller is specified, but the
moisture content shall be at the upper allowable limit.

22.11 RIPRAP – HAND PLACED

22.11.1 Bedding to Riprap

Riprap shall be placed on bedding consisting of a compacted layer of well-


graded natural material from 150 mm to 450 mm, the thickness of the
layer being as shown on the Drawings.

22.11.2 Dimensions and Placing

Material for hand-placed riprap shall consist roughly squared rock


fragments meeting the following requirements as to size:
Nominal Thickness 300 mm
Minimum dimensions of 75% of stones in direction perpendicular to
surface of layers 300 mm
Minimum dimensions of any stone 250x200x150

The stones shall be replaced with their maximum dimensions normal to


the finished surface of the riprap and the end face with this surface.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 41
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

The spaces between adjacent stones shall be filled with rock chinking
hammered into place. Special care shall be taken in placing riprap on and
around concrete structures.

22.12 TESTING – GENERAL

All tests shall be carried out in accordance with the relevant British,
American, or other Standards mentioned herein, or their equivalent, and
entire cost of the tests required under this Clause shall be spread over the
related items in the Bill of Quantities, unless otherwise provided for.

No claim by the Contractor for delays while samples are being taken or as
a result of tests will be entertained, and due allowance must be made in
the appropriate rates for all such delays.

Nothing in this Clause shall be regarded as limiting the Engineer‟s rights


of taking samples and performing other tests he may consider necessary.

22.13 SETTING ASIDE TOPSOIL

Topsoil will be required for soiling and grassing such areas as shown on
the Drawing or as the Engineer may direct. During excavation works the
Contractor shall set aside a sufficient quantity of productive topsoil and
the cost of stripping such soil, transporting and temporarily setting it
aside in approved areas shall be included in the rate for excavation. The
cost of collecting productive soil from the approved storage and other area,
transporting it to the required site, placing and levelling, as required by
the Engineer, shall be included in the Contractor‟s rates for soiling.

In the event that sufficient topsoil is not available on site, the Contractor
shall obtain the required quantity from other approved sources at his own
cost.

22.14 STONE PAVING

Where shown on the Drawings, stone paving should consist of suitably


shaped, durable hard stones, hand-placed on bed of selected granular
material, compacted to thickness of 25 cm.

22.15 SELECTED EARTHFILL MATERIALS

22.15.1 Base Gravel

Base gravel shall be composed of inert, durable aggregate, reasonably


uniform in quality, free from soft or disintegrated pieces. The aggregate
gradation curve shall fall within the following limits when tested in
accordance with ASTM C136.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 42
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Gradation Limits
US Standard Sieve Size mm Percent by Weight Passing

19.00 100
9.5 60-95
4.75 40-70
2.36 30-60
1.15 20-40
0.30 8-20
0.075 0-5

22.15.2 Crushed Gravel

Crushed gravel shall be inert, durable aggregate, reasonable uniform in


quality, free from soft or disintegrated pieces. In the absence of
satisfactory performance records over a 5-year period for the particular
source of aggregate, its soundness shall be tested in accordance with
ASTM C88 using magnesium sulphate. Maximum-weighted average losses
for coarse aggregate shall be 20%, and for fine aggregate 25%. The
aggregate gradation curve shall fall within the following limits when tested
in accordance with ASTM C136:

Gradation Limits
US Standard Sieve Size mm Percent by Weight Passing
19.00 100
12.55 70-100
4.75 40-80
2.36 30-65
0.60 12-37
0.075 2-9

A minimum of 50% of the base course material retained on a 4.75 mm


sieve shall have at least one (1) fractured face. The percentage shall be
determined by particle count.

22.15.3 Granular Fill

Granular fill shall be sand or gravel, screened if necessary, composed of


inert, durable aggregate, uniform in quality and free from soft or
disintegrated particles, clay or silt balls, and other deleterious matter. The
gravel shall conform to the following gradation limits when tested in
accordance with ASTM C136.

Gradation Limits
US Standard Sieve Size mm Percent by Weight Passing
75.00 100
20.00 50-100
0.15 0-16
0.075 0-5

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 43
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

22.15.4 Rock Fill

Rock fill shall include all fill material containing more than 15% by volume
of rock larger than 150 mm in size, but shall be free of organic soil, logs,
roots, brush, and other debris.

22.15.5 Drain Rock

Drain rock shall be clean, inert, and durable with a maximum size of 20
mm and a minimum size of 10 mm.

22.15.6 Free Draining Gravel

Free draining gravel shall be a clean, well-graded sand and gravel material
with inert, durable aggregate. The aggregate gradation curve shall fall
within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C136.

Gradation Limits
Sieve Size mm Percent by Weight Passing
19.00 100
9.5 70-95
4.8 50-80
2.4 40-70
1.2 30-60
0.3 10-30
0.150 0-10
0.075 0-2

22.15.7 Backfill

The backfilling shall include the backfilling of trenches excavated for pipe
lines, cables, and excavations for channels, manholes, valve chambers and
other structures and appurtenances using suitable site material from the
excavation or imported backfill material.

All suitable surplus and excavated material shall be used for backfilling
with in the project limits. Backfilling shall be of the same material as was
excavated from the trench, provided that it is suitable for backfilling.

Backfilling shall begin, with the Engineer's approval, after the concrete
has reached the design strength and the forms have been removed, and
hydrostatic testing is completed.

For each class of backfill material to be used, representative samples,


selected by the Engineer, shall be provided for testing purposes. Tests shall
be carried out in accordance with ASTM standards to determine the grading
of the material.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 44
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Such tests shall be repeated each time the source of material changes, if
there is an apparent change in the characteristics of the material or at such
other times as the Engineer may require.

Backfilling shall not be commenced until tests of the proposed backfill


material indicate that it is in accordance with the requirements of the
Specifications.

Backfill materials shall be placed where shown on the drawings in


maximum 300 mm none compacted lifts and compacted to Standard
Proctor Density.

Backfill within 1 m of structures shall be compacted with light mechanical


equipment. Care shall be taken to avoid damage to the structures.

Representative samples of each class of backfill material to be used,


selected by the Engineer, shall be taken for testing to determine the
optimum moisture content and optimum density in accordance with the
Modified proctor method, ASTM 1557, Method D.

These tests shall be repeated each time as the source of material changes,
if there is an apparent change in the characteristics of the material, or at
such other times as the Engineer may require.

Any settlement of the backfill and resultant damage shall be rectified to


the satisfaction of the Engineer at the Contractor's expense.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 45
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

CHAPTER 3 CONCRETE
SECTION 31 CONCRETE

31.1 SCOPE AND STANDARDS

This Chapter describes the quality of materials and workmanship of


concrete and reinforced concrete works cast in situ in all types of
structures below or above ground.

The specification shall apply to concrete prepared on site as well as ready


mixed concrete and small precast concrete elements. It is based on CP110:
1972 in general Structural use of Concrete, and on BS5337: 1976 in
respect of exposure of concrete to water and moisture.

The standards and Codes of Practice, detailed below are by reference made
CHAPTER of this Specification.

ESCP 2: Structural use of Concrete


ES C.D3.201 Normal Concrete Aggregates
ES C.D5.201 Portland Cement General Requirements
ES C.D8.490 Portland Cement Methods of Sampling & Testing
BS Portland cement (ordinary and rapid hardening)
BS 410 Test sieves
BS 812 Methods for sampling and testing of mineral
aggregates, sands and filters
BS 882 Aggregates from natural sources for concrete
BS 1305 Batch type concrete mixers
BS 1370 Low heat Portland cement
BS 1881 Guide to use of non-destructive methods of test
for hardened concrete
BS 3148 Tests for water for making concrete
BS 4449 Carbon steel bars for the reinforcement of
concrete
BS 4466 Bending dimensions and scheduling of bars for
the reinforcement of concrete
BS 4482 Steel wire for the reinforcement of concrete
BS 4483 Steel fabric for the reinforcement of concrete
BS 4550 Methods for testing cement
BS 5075 Concrete admixtures
BS 5135 Metal-arc welding of carbon and carbon
manganese steel
BS 8007 Code of practice for the design of concrete
structures for retaining aqueous liquids
BS 5606 Code of practice for Accuracy in Building
BS 4027 Sulphate Resisting Portland Cement
BS 8110 Structural use of concrete

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 46
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

ASTM standard C309 Liquid membrane forming compound for curing


concrete
ASTM standard C260 Air entraining admixtures for concrete

In case of discrepancy or contradiction, the requirements of this


specification shall rule over any standard.

31.2 CLASSIFICATION OF CONCRETE


31.2.1 Normal Concrete

All normal concrete (i.e., other than mass concrete as specified below) to
be used in reinforced and plain structure is classified in the contract
documents according to required strength grade as per Table 1 and to
(exposure) class as per Table 2.

Table 1:Grades of Concrete and Strength Requirements


Characteristic Cube Strength at 28 days, in N/mm2
Grade Strength Work Cube [1] Trial Mix [1]
N/mm2 Average Each Individual Average
10 10 12.3 8.5
15 15 20.0 12.8 21.5
20 20 27.5 17.0 31.5
25 25 32.5 21.3 36.5
30 30 37.5 25.5 41.5
40 40 47.5 34.0 51.5
50 50 57.5 42.5 61.5
[1] Note: Concrete may be accepted on the basis of 7 days cube strength,
provided the average strength is at least 70% of the required 28
days strength.

Table 2: Minimum Cement Content (kg/m3) Required for Classes of


Exposure

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 47
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Reinforced Plain Concrete


Concrete
Max. Max.
Free Free
Class
Max. Size of Aggregate, Water Max. Size of Aggregate, Water
mm mm
40 20 14 10 Cement 40 20 14 10 Cement
Ratio Ratio
E 320 360 390 410 0.45 270 310 330 360 0.50
Severe (290) (330) (350) (370) (240) (280) (300) (320)
F 260 290 320 340 0.55 220 250 280 300 0.60
Moderate (240) (260) (290) (310) (200) (230) (250) (270)
G 220 250 270 290 0.65 200 220 250 270 0.70
Mild (200) (230) (250) (260) (180) (200) (220) (240)

Notes: The minimum cement content may be reduced, as given in brackets


when:

1. Trial mixes have verified that a concrete with a maximum free water
cement ratio not grater than that given for the particular concrete can
be consistently produced and that it is suitable for the conditions of
transporting placing and compaction.
2. The maximum free water/cement ratio is strictly controlled by a site
laboratory.

31.2.2 (Void)

31.2.3 Cement Content

The cement content shall comply with requirements of Table 2. The actual
amount of cement needed for each type of concrete in the various
structures shall be determined by the tests as specified hereinafter, taking
into consideration actual site conditions.

No change in the unit rates submitted for concrete will be allowed, if the
actual quantity of cement used to obtain a specified concrete
characteristic strength (grade) is greater than the minimum cement
content specified in Table 2.

31.2.4 Concrete Designation

Concrete may be named on the Drawings and in the Bills of Quantities as


follows:
Normal Concrete will be designated by three symbols: the first number
stands for grade as to strength (Table 1), the middle letter stands for class
of exposure (Table 2), the last figure stands for the maximum size of
aggregate. Thus, for example, 20-f-40 designates a concrete having a

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 48
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

characteristic strength of 20 N/mm2, class of exposure F, and maximum


size of aggregate 40 mm.

31.3 CEMENT

31.3.1 Quality

All cement shall be Portland cement of approved manufacture. Unless


otherwise specified, it shall be ordinary Portland cement complying with
BS 12.

Cement shall be sulphate-resistant Portland cement complying with BS


4027 for the water treatment plant clarifiers and filters.

Rapid-hardening Portland cement shall not be used in mass concrete.


Low-heat Portland cement complying with BS1370 may be used for mass
concrete.

A certificate that the consignment complies in all respects with the


approved standard shall be forwarded to the Engineer with each
consignment.

The Engineer reserves the right to subject the deliveries to independent


tests and to reject without question such cement that fails to comply with
the specification or fails to produce concrete of the quality or of the rate of
hardening specified. All such rejected cement shall forthwith be removed
from the site of the works.

31.3.2 Supply

The supply of cement to the site shall be made in whole and original bags,
marked with the trade mark of an approved manufacture or in special
closed bulk containers manufactured expressly for this purpose. Cement
from torn bags or cement which has been split and swept up shall not be
used.

The Contractor shall inform the Engineer in writing at least 30 days before
first shipments are required, concerning the mill or mills from which the
cement is to be acquired and the purchase order number, contract
number, or other designation that will identify the cement to be used by
the Contractor.

31.3.3 Storage

In order that cement may not become unduly aged after delivery, the
Contractor shall use cement in the chronological order in which it was
delivered on the job. Each shipment shall be stored so that it may readily
be distinguished from other shipments. The cement shall be free of lumps
and shall be otherwise undamaged when used in concrete.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 49
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Sacked cement shall be stored in a watertight and weatherproof shed a


floor raised at least 150mm from the ground. Stacking cement bags to a
height exceeding ten layers will not be permitted. Any cement damage by
water or otherwise defective and damage bags of cement will be rejected
and shall be removed from the site immediately.

Bulk cement shall be stored in weatherproof bins or soils to be approved


by the Engineer. The bin shall be emptied and cleaned at regular intervals
as directed by the Engineer.

The use of sacked cement which has been stored for more than three
months after delivery will not be permitted, except when it is proved by
tests, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, that it complies with the
requirements of the Specification.

31.3.4 Contractor’s Responsibility

A suitable quantity of approved and certified cement shall always be


available on site in order to ensure continuity in case of the rejection of a
consignment by Engineer.

If the Contractor has used cement for which no certificate of compliance


with the standards was submitted as required in Sub-Clause 31.3.1 above
or, where the Engineer has ordered independent tests, before obtaining
results of such tests, and the cement is later found defective in quality,
the Engineer shall have the right to reject that portion of the structure
constructed with this cement and the Contractor shall be obliged to
dismantle or demolish such structure and reconstruct it at his own
expense and with a cement complying with the requirements.

31.4 WATER

Water for mixing and for curing concrete mortar and grout shall be free
from objectionable quantities of silt, organic matter, alkali salts, and other
impurities. The source of the water to be used shall be subjected to the
Engineer‟s approval.

Where tests are required, they shall be in accordance with BS 3148.

31.5 AGGREGATES

31.5.1 General

Aggregate for concrete (including for granolithic) shall be coarse aggregate


and fine aggregate confirming in all respects to BS 882: 1983.

The grading shall be such as to produce a concrete with the specified


properties, consistency, and one that will work readily in position without
segregation and without the use of an excessive water content and can be
readily compacted into a dense impervious mass.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 50
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Aggregate for concrete shall be furnished by the Contractor from approved


sources, provided that they meet the requirements of the above standards.
The approval of any sources by the Engineer shall not be construed as
constituting the approval of all materials taken from these sources and the
Contractor will be held responsible for the specified quality of all such
materials used in the works. Specimen samples of aggregates for concrete
shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval before any order is placed.
Such approval will not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of
satisfying himself before placing an order that the aggregate will conform
to BS882. All aggregate as delivered to the batching plant, shall have a
uniform and stable moisture content.

The Contractor shall test all aggregates as ordered by the Engineer,


including tests sulphates and chlorides, and shall provide such facilities
as may be necessary for procuring representative test samples. The
Contractor shall prepare, for preliminary tests and approval, a
representative sample of fine aggregate and of each size of coarse
aggregate proposed for use in the works at least 30 days before the
aggregates are required for use. The cost of all tests required under this
Clause as well as the supply of representative samples shall be spread
over the items for concrete work inserted in the Bill of Quantities.

During construction, the sizes of the coarse aggregates and grading of the
fine aggregates shall be determined at least once for every 100 tonnes
supplied, and at least once a week a check shall be made on supplies to
ensure that the required grading is being maintained. If any aggregate or
sand when so tested does not meet the requirements of the relevant
Standard, the Contractor shall forthwith cease to use that aggregate or
sand and shall correct the quality and/or grading of the aggregate or sand
without cost to the Employer.

If aggregates are bought to the site in separate loads containing aggregate


of one size, they shall be stored in such a way as will prevent aggregates of
different sizes being mixed together. Aggregates mixed either in transport
or on site will be rejected. Unloading shall be done in such a way as to
prevent excess segregation as directed by the Engineer.

All aggregates, sand and stone intended for use in the works shall be
stored on a concrete floor or a screeded and well drained surface to the
approval of the Engineer to prevent contamination by contact with ground.

A stock of aggregates permitting concreting operations for at least 5 days


shall be available on the site.

All sand and coarse aggregate, when required by BS882, shall be washed
in clean fresh water at no extra cost to the Employer.

31.5.2 Sampling and testing of Fine & Course Aggregate

Sampling and testing of aggregate prior to the development of an aggregate


source shall be in accordance with the following:

a Aggregate samples shall be taken in conformance with C.D3.201.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 51
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

b A minimum of one (1) petrographic analysis for each source of supply


shall be made in conformance with BS812:
c A minimum of one (1) test for the sulphates (SO3) content of the
aggregate for each source of supply shall be made in conformance with
BS 1074. The total of the sulphate content of the concrete mix shall not
exceed 4% by mass of the cement.
d A minimum of one (1) test for chlorides content of the aggregate for
each source of supply shall be made in conformance with BS 812:. The
total chloride ion content shall not exceed the limit specified in BS 882,
Table 8, and BS 5337.
e A minimum of one (1) sieve analysis of the fine and coarse aggregate for
each source of supply shall be made in conformance with ES
C.D3.201. The gradation shall comply with ES C.D3.201.
f A minimum of one (1) test for shell content for each source of supply
shall be made in conformance with BS 812:. The results shall comply
with BS 882 and BS 5337.
g A minimum of one (1) test for the 10% fines value for each source of
supply shall be made in conformance with BS 812:. The results shall
comply with BS 882: Table 3.
h A minimum of one (1) test for alkali-aggregate reaction for each source
of supply shall be made in conformance with ASTM C289 for siliceous
aggregates and ASTM C586 for carbonate aggregates.
i A minimum of one (1) test of absorption for each source of supply shall
be made in conformance with BS 812. The result shall be less than 3%.

31.5.3 (Void)

31.5.4 Fine Aggregate

Fine Aggregate shall consist of hard, dense, durable clean, uncoated


fragments of natural sand, crushed stone, or other suitable materials
approved by the Engineer for use with the concrete specified and shall be
free from clay, organic material or other deleterious substances.

The grading of the fine aggregate shall lie within one of the grading zones
shown in Table 2 BS882.

For reinforced concrete the grading of the fine aggregates shall be within
either grading zones 1, 2, or 3.

31.5.5 Coarse Aggregate – General

Coarse aggregate shall be natural gravel or crushed stone or a mixture of


natural gravel and crushed stone and shall consist of hard, dense,
durable, clean, uncoated fragments.

31.5.6 Coarse Aggregate for Normal Concrete

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 52
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

The grading of coarse aggregate for normal reinforced and plain concrete,
when analyzed in accordance with BS812 shall be within the limits given
in Table 1 of BS882.

The nominal maximum sizes of the coarse aggregates are 40 mm or 20


mm.

The maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be, in general, as large as


possible but in no case larger than:

a One quarter of the minimum thickness of the member, or


b 6 mm less than the distance between reinforcement bars or than the
concrete cover over the reinforcement, provided that the concrete can
be placed without difficulty so as to surround all reinforcements
thoroughly and to fill the corners of the formwork. If the different
sizes of coarse aggregates will be supplied separately, then the
grading of the coarse aggregates shall be controlled by obtaining the
course aggregate in two sizes for aggregate of 20 mm nominal
maximum size and in three sizes for aggregate of 40 mm nominal
size.

31.6 ADMIXTURES

31.6.1 General Requirements

Calcium chloride or other admixtures containing chlorides shall not be


used. Other admixtures may only be used with the approval of the
Engineer.

All admixtures shall comply with the requirements hereinafter specified.


The Contractor shall provide test certificates of an approved laboratory to
show that the proposed admixtures comply with all the requirements of
this specification and provide acceptable documentary evidence, that the
proposed admixtures have been used successfully in major concrete
projects.

To facilitate approval, the Contractor shall provide the following


information:

a the trade name of the admixture, its source, and the manufacturer‟s
recommended method of use;
b typical dosage rates and possible detrimental effects of under-dosage
and over-dosage;
c whether compounds (such as those containing chloride in any form
as an active ingredient) likely to cause corrosion of the reinforcing
steel or deterioration of the concrete are present, if so, the chloride
content (expressed as chloride ions or as equivalent anhydrous
chloride) by mass of admixture;
d the average expected air content of freshly mixed concrete containing
an admixture which causes air to be entrained when used at the
manufacturer recommended rate of dosage.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 53
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Each consignment of admixture shall be supplied in sealed waterproof


containers. A certificate showing that the consignment complies in all
respects with this specification shall be forwarded to the Engineer with
each consignment. The Engineer reserves the right to subject the
deliveries to independent tests, and to reject without question and
admixture which fails to comply with the specification, or is not
compatible with any of the other ingredients of the concrete as shown by
preliminary tests with the proposed concrete mixes. All prices for concrete
include the admixtures of the types and quantities as specified
hereinafter.

Different admixtures shall not be allowed to mix prior to charging the


mixers, and they shall be added to separate ingredients of each batch.
When dispensing systems are used separate dispensers shall be used for
each admixture.

31.6.2 Air Entraining Admixtures

If ordered by the Engineer, an air-entraining admixture, complying with


the requirements of ASTM C260 shall be used in Tremie or Mass Concrete.
The amount of air entraining admixture to be used for entraining the
required amount of air shall be determined by preliminary laboratory tests
and adjusted in the field to meet the specification requirements. The
actual amount of entrained air shall be continuously controlled on site. If
the air-entraining admixture is to be used together with another
admixture, it shall be proved by preliminary tests that both admixtures
are compatible and the concrete has no undesirable properties. Laboratory
and field procedures shall be subject to approval by the Engineer.

The Contractor shall provide equipment to permit on-site measurement of


the percentage of air entrained in the concrete and the density of concrete.

The air-entraining admixture shall be added in the mixer to each batch


together with the water.

31.6.3 Water Reducing, Set Retarding Admixture

All mass concrete and concrete in such structures ,thereof, as will be


determined by the Engineer, shall include an approved water reducing, set
retarding admixture complying with BS5075, thoroughly tested in
conjunction with the particular brand of cement used in the given
structure.

The quantities of the admixture used and the method of use will depend
on the composition of the concrete, prevailing temperature, desired setting
time, the manufacture‟s instructions and the results of trial tests. The use
of any admixture shall require the prior approval of the Engineer.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 54
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

31.7 DESIGNED MIXES


31.7.1 General

The Contractor shall fix the grading of the aggregate and proportions of the
mix, on condition that he can prove by advance testing that they are
suitable, comply with all the requirements of this specification, such as
strength, density, impermeability, durability, etc. and that they are
workable and can be transported, placed and compacted by the methods
and equipment used on the site, without segregation, without the use of
excessive water content and that they can be readily compacted into dense
impervious mass. He shall supply the Engineer, at least 14 days before the
commencement of casting, with the results of trial mixes, for each class
and grade of concrete, for each maximum nominal size aggregates and
each consistency required.

Three separate batches of concrete shall be made using materials likely to


be typical of the proposed supply and preferably under full scale
production conditions. If circumstances make this inconvenient, the
batches may be mixed in an approved laboratory. Sampling and testing
shall be in accordance with BS 1881.

The workability of each of the trial batches shall be determined and three
cubes made from each batch for test at 28 days. A further three cubes
from each batch shall be made for test at 7 days if required.

The test results shall contain the following details:


a Cement content
b Tests of the quality of the aggregates, their contents and grading, and
the quality of cement and admixtures used
c The proposed mix proportions including cement, admixture and
water, expressed in kg/m3 or fresh compacted concrete based on
saturated surface dry aggregates.
d The consistency of the fresh concrete, as measured by the slump
tests according to BS 1881.
e The compressive strength of at least 18 standard concrete cubes in
compression made from 3 batches of which 9 shall be tested at 7
days and 9 tested 28 days old.

31.7.2 Approval of Mix Proportions

Without detracting from the aforesaid, the Engineer‟s prior approval of the
proposed mix is to be obtained. This approval will be given based on the
results of the above tests and on condition that it can be proved to the
Engineer‟s satisfaction that:

a All materials comply with the requirements for quality as demanded,


including aggregate sizes and grading;
b Cement content complies with requirements of Table 2 (sub-clause
31.2.1);

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 55
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

c The consistency of the fresh concrete is suitable for the conditions of


transport, placing and compaction in the forms as required in the
specifications and in accordance with the equipment and systems of
work which are intended to be used;
d The average compressive strength of 9 standard cured cubes at 28
days age shall be equal to or greater that the average strength
required for preliminary tests in Table 1;
e The concrete is impermeable to water for those structures which will
be subjected to standing or running water or water under pressure
(Classes E, F and M2).

31.7.3 Contractor’s Responsibility

In all cases and under all circumstances, the Contractor shall be solely
responsible for the quality of the concrete, including its impermeability to
water where required in the structure.

Approval of mix proportions by the Engineer shall be binding upon the


Contractor as follows:

a To use materials only of the same origin and quality as used in


preliminary tests.
b To use the above mentioned mix proportion without any changes,
except for slight changes due to different grading of aggregate within
approved limits, and due to different moisture content of aggregates,
and climatic conditions, as approved by the Engineer.

The Contractor may propose alterations in source of supply, mix


proportions and grading of aggregates, provided that he complies with the
requirements of the specification, and provided the proposed change does
not interfere with the progress of the work.

Changes by the Engineer in proportions or materials, or both, may be


made as necessary, without any additional payment to the Contractor, to
secure the required properties during progress of work, should it be found
impracticable to obtain concrete of required workability, strength, density,
and/or impermeability with materials and transporting, handling and
compacting equipment approved by the Engineer and furnished by the
Contractor.

31.8 NOMINAL MIXES

On less important concrete structures or elements, the Engineer may


allow the Contractor to use nominal mixes without preliminary trial mixes
for ordinary structural concrete of class G exposure under the following
conditions:

a The concrete mixes shall be produced to comply with all requirements


of the specification, including requirements of Tables 1, and 2.
b The materials comply with all the requirements of the specification.
c No admixtures are used or required.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 56
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

d Evidence can be provided to the satisfaction of Engineer, that with


the materials and workmanship available in the particular locality a
concrete of required standard can readily be obtained.
e The Engineer shall be informed of the nature and source of each
material to be used and subsequently whenever a change is made.

Table 4 shows the cement contents for the nominal mixes, which together
with the total weight of dry aggregate produce approximately one cubic
metre of concrete. Depending on specific gravity of the aggregate slight
adjustment may be required to the quantity of aggregates to produce this
volume of concrete having the required workability, strength and cement
content.

Where single size coarse aggregates are used, the proportions should be
chosen to produce a combined grading within limits of BS 882 for graded
coarse aggregate of appropriate size.

The actual batch weights should be calculated to suit the size of the mixer
from the values of Table 4. Allowance should be made for moisture content
typical of the aggregates being used.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 57
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Table 4: Nominal Mixes for Ordinary Structural Concrete


Concre Nominal Max. MEDIUM WORKABILITY HIGH WORKABILITY
te Size of
Grade Aggregate (mm) 40 20 14 10 40 20 14 10

Limits to slump
that may be
expected (mm) 50- 25- 10- 10-25 100- 75- 50- 25-
100 75 50 150 125 100 50

C10 Cement (kg) 210 240 - - 230 260 - -

total agg (kg) 1900 1850 - - 1850 1800 - -

fine agg (%) 30-45 35- - - 40-45 35-50 - -


50

C15 Cement (kg) 250 280 - - 270 310 - -

total agg (kg) 1850 1800 - - 1800 1750 - -

fine agg (%) 30-45 35- - - 30-45 35-50 - -


50

C20 Cement (kg) 300 320 340 360 320 350 380 410

total agg (kg) 1850 1800 1750 1750 1750 1750 1700 1650

Sand *

Zone 1 (%) 35 40 45 50 40 45 50 55

Zone 2 (%) 30 35 40 45 35 40 45 50

Zone 3 (%) 30 30 35 40 30 35 40 45

C25 Cement (kg) 340 360 380 400 360 390 420 450

total agg (kg) 1800 1750 1700 1700 1750 1700 1650 1600

Sand *

Zone 1 (%) 35 40 45 50 40 45 50 55

Zone 2 (%) 30 35 40 45 35 40 45 50

Zone 3 (%) 30 30 35 40 30 35 40 45

C30 Cement (kg) 370 390 400 430 430 470 460 510

total agg (kg) 1750 1700 1700 1650 1700 1600 1650 1550

Sand *

Zone 1 (%) 35 40 45 50 40 45 50 55

Zone 2 (%) 30 35 40 45 35 40 45 50

Zone 3 (%) 30 30 35 40 30 35 40 45
[1] Sand is fine aggregate resulting from natural disintegration of rock. Zone
numbers refer to BS 882 Table 2.
31.8.1 General

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 58
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Except as otherwise provided hereinafter, the amounts of sand, bulk


cement, and each size of coarse aggregate entering each batch of concrete
shall be determined by weighing, and the amount of water shall be
determined by weighing or volumetric measurement. Where sacked
cement is used, the amount of cement entering the mixtures shall be
determined on the basis of integral sacks of cement of known weight.

For concretes of grades 10 and 15, class „G‟ the Engineer may, in
exceptional cases, permit volumetric measurement of aggregates.

The Contractor shall provide equipment and shall maintain and operate
the equipment as required to accurately determine and control the
amount of each separate ingredient entering the concrete. Moreover, the
Contractor shall be able to ensure timely calibration of the compressive
test machine from recognized standardizing organization.

31.8.2 Weighing Equipment

A separate weighing device shall be provided for the cement. All weighing
equipment shall be subject to the Engineer approval. An accuracy to
within 0.5 percent of the scale capacity will be satisfactory, and the
equipment shall be capable of ready adjustment to compensate for the
varying weight of any moisture contained in the aggregate and to effect
changes in concrete mix proportions.

The accuracy of the measuring equipment shall be within +/- 3% of the


quantity of cement, water and total aggregate being measured, and within
+/- 5% of the quantity of any admixture used. The Contractor shall
provide standard test weights and any other auxiliary equipment required
for checking the operating performance of each scale or other measuring
device and shall make periodic tests over the ranges of measurements
involved in the batching operations. The tests shall be made in the
presence of the Engineer‟s Representative and shall be adequate to prove
the accuracy of the measuring devices. Unless otherwise directed, tests of
equipment in operation shall be made at least once in two weeks.

The Contractor shall make adjustments, repairs, or replacements as may


be necessary to meet the specified requirements for accuracy of
measurement. The operating mechanism in the water measuring device
shall be such that leaking will not occur when the valves are closed. Water
tanks on portable mixers shall be constructed so that the indicating device
will register, within the specified limits of accuracy, the quantity of water
discharge, regardless of the inclination of the mixer setting. Where the
batching plant involves the use of storage bins and weighing hoppers,
each weighing until shall include a visible springless dial which will
register the scale load at any stage of the weighing operations from zero to
full capacity or shall included an over-and-under indicator which will
show the scale in balance with no load or when loaded at any desired
beam setting. The weighing hoppers shall be constructed so as to permit
the convenient removal of overweigh material in excess of the prescribed
tolerances.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 59
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Each dial or over-and-under indicator and each water-measuring device


shall be in
full view of the operator.

31.8.3 Batching by Volume

Where batching by volume is permitted by the Engineer (see sub-clause


31.9.1), only precisely dimensioned gauge boxes approved by the Engineer
shall be used for the sand and different sizes of aggregates. After filling the
box the aggregate shall be struck-off level with the brim. The mix
proportions by volume shall be based on the actual unit weight of the
aggregates in measuring boxes including their moisture content. All gauge
boxes shall bear marks in red oil paint showing the kind and size of
aggregate for which each box is to be used. No boxes similar in shape and
appearance but different in volume from the approved gauge boxes shall be
kept on the site.

31.9 MIXING

The concrete ingredients shall be mixed in sufficient number of approved


batch mixers of adequate capacity complying with BS 1305. The number
of mixers employed shall be regulated to suit the requirements of the
concrete placing operations. In addition, sufficient reserve capacity shall
be available at all times.

The concreting capacity of mixers will be subject to the approval of the


Engineer, who will prohibit concreting, should the capacity in his opinion
be inadequate. Any mixer that at any time produces unsatisfactory results
shall be tested according to BS 1305 and shall be repaired promptly and
effectively or shall be replaced. Mixers shall not be loaded in excess of
their rated capacity unless specifically authorized.

The mixing shall continue until there is a uniform distribution of the


materials and the mass is uniform in colour and consistency, but in no
case shall the mixing be less than 1 minute for batches of up to 0.50 m3
and 1½ minutes for larger batches after all the ingredients, including the
full amount of water, are in the mixer.

The Engineer may permit, subject to preliminary tests, to reduce the above
mixing times for high-speed pan type mixers by half a minute.

The Engineer shall have right to increase the above minimum mixing time
when the charge and mixing operations fail to produce a concrete batch
throughout which the ingredients are uniformly distributed and the
consistency is uniform. The concrete shall also be uniform from batch to
batch, except where changes in composition and consistency are required.

Water shall be added prior to, during and following the mixer-charging
operations. Excessive over mixing requiring the addition of water to
preserve the required concrete consistency will not be permitted.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 60
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

No dry materials shall be introduced into the mixer until all material from
the previous batch has been removed.

Incrustations of concrete or mortar shall not be allowed to accumulate on


the interior surface of the mixing drum. Re mixing of concrete, or addition
of water in an attempt to improve the consistency of a mixture which has
already begun to set or which is otherwise unsuitable for casting, shall not
be permitted and such concrete shall be wasted.

Where small quantities (not exceeding 3 cum) are involved, the Engineer‟s
Representative may in exceptional cases permit hand mixing of lean and
other non-reinforced concrete. No hand mixing shall be done unless
authorized in writing the Engineer‟s Representative. The batches in hand
mixing shall not exceed 0.25 m3. Hand mixed concrete shall not be used
until the mixing of the whole colour and consistency. Hand mixing shall
be done twice on dry aggregate, and at least twice wet, on a clean and even
surface, which will prevent the loss of water during mixing. The water
added shall be measured in order to prevent the use of an excessive
quantity water.

When mixing by hand, the quantity of cement shall be increased by 10%,


above that specified in Table 2.

31.10 TRANSPORTING OF CONCRETE

The methods and equipment used and the speed required for transporting
of concrete on site shall be such that concrete having the required
composition and consistency will be delivered into the work, without
objectionable segregation, loss of slump or delay. No more than 30
minutes shall elapse between the first wetting of all concrete ingredients
and composition of placing the concrete in the work.

31.11 READY MIXED CONCRETE

31.11.1 General

The use of ready mixed concrete brought to the site from a central off-site
batching plant requires the Engineer‟s approval. Approval shall be granted
only if the following conditions are fulfilled:

a The location of the plant permits delivery under normal transport


conditions within one hour after batching.
b Mixers shall conform to approved national standards.
c The plant has sufficient capacity and transportation equipment to
deliver the concrete at the desired rate.
d The concrete mix will contain set-retarding admixtures at no extra
cost if required by the Engineer.
e The Engineer can check at all times the manufacturing process, the
quality of the concrete ingredients, the accuracy of the measuring
devices, the mixers and all other equipment used.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 61
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

f All materials and mixes used comply with all requirements of


specification,

Every consignment shall be accompanied by a bill of lading including at


least the following information:

a Concrete designation
b Nominal maximum size of coarse aggregate
c Slump
d Minimum (or if required maximum) cement content
e Time of adding water to mix
f Pumpability, if required
g Chemical admixtures
h Maximum permissible addition of water

Retempering (addition of water on site) will not be allowed, except for the
amount stated in bill of loading.

Concrete which has lost slump and which cannot be returned to the
required slump with the amount of water stated above shall not be
accepted.

31.11.2 Approval of Mixes from Operating Concrete Plants

The Engineer may approve standard mixes from operating concrete plants
without preliminary trial mixes subject to the following conditions:

a Existing data as evidence of satisfactory previous performance of


proposed mix, including impermeability to water where required.
b Results of current quality control tests of materials to be used to
prove compliance with specifications.

The proposed mixes will be accepted by the Engineer if they comply:

a With required minimum cement contents as per Table 2, or 3.


b With strength requirements of Table 1, or 3.

31.12 CONSISTENCY OF CONCRETE

Uniformity in concrete consistency from batch to batch will be required.


The slump as measured according to BS 1881 shall be within the following
limits:

 25 mm or  1/3 of the approval value, whichever is greater.

31.13 PREPARATION OF FOUNDATIONS

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 62
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

All earth surface against which concrete is to be placed shall be levelled,


wetted and rammed to required lines and grades, the cost of such work
being deemed included in rates for earthwork and/or concrete.

On the rock surfaces prepared as under Clause 22.6.2, a 15 mm layer of


1:3 cement mortar shall be spread immediately prior to placing concrete
and shall be well worked into the surface with the aid of brushes. Care
shall be taken that the mortar does in no case set before concrete is placed
on it. The cost of such mortar and its spreading shall be held to be
included in the rates for concrete.

31.14 PLACING OF CONCRETE

31.14.1 General

No concrete shall be placed until formwork installation completed and


preparation of surfaces involved in the placing have been approved by the
Engineer. All surfaces of forms, reinforcement bars and other embedded
materials that have become encrusted with dried mortar or grout from
concrete previously placed shall be cleaned of all such mortar or grout
before the surrounding or adjacent concrete is placed.

Concrete shall be placed only in the presence of the Engineer or his


Representative, unless written permission is given for placing concrete in
their absence.

The Contractor shall give the Engineer at least twenty-four hours‟ notice of
his intention to cast concrete in any structure, stating the exact hour at
which concreting is to commence, to enable the Engineer or his
Representative to be present or to grant permission to place concrete in
their absence, which permission shall, in such event, not be unreasonably
delayed or withheld.

Concrete shall be deposited in all cases as nearly as practicable directly in


its final position and shall not be caused to flow in a manner to permit or
cause segregation.

Excessive separation of coarse aggregate from the concrete caused by


allowing the concrete to fall freely from too great a height or at too great an
angle from the vertical or to strike the forms of reinforcement steel will not
be permitted. Where such separation would otherwise occur, the
Contractor shall provide suitable drop chutes and baffles to confine and
control the falling concrete. Except as intersected by joints all formed
concrete shall be placed in continuous approximately horizontal layers,
the depths of which shall be from 30 to 60 cm and in lifts not exceeding
1.80 m in height, unless specified otherwise.

The Contractor shall make such arrangements and shall time his
operations in such a manner that no layer of concrete will being setting
before the neat layer is placed on top of it. In no case shall the delay
between the placing of any two layers be such that the vibrating unit will

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 63
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

not readily penetrate of its own weight the concrete placed before the
delay.

Concreting should be carried out continuously between and up to joints,


the position and arrangement of which shall be predetermined and
approved by the Engineer in writing. The surface of all concrete during
deposition shall be maintained reasonably level between planes of
stoppage formed by vertical stopping-off boards or other vertical faces.

In the event of unavoidable stoppage in position not predetermined, the


concrete shall be terminated on horizontal planes and against vertical
surfaces in the manner before described. Where it becomes necessary or
desirable, to allow concrete to stand so long that it may set before the
work is renewed, keyways shall be formed in the surfaces as shown on the
drawings or as directed by the Engineer.

Retempering of concrete will not be permitted. Any concrete which has


become so stiff that proper placing cannot be assured shall be wasted at
the cost of the Contractor.

Where the concrete abuts against earth or any other material liable to
become loose, the greatest possible care shall be taken by cutting away or
otherwise removing, the timber shoring (if any) in small depths and length
and lengths at a time, and otherwise, to avoid falls or runs of such or
other materials upon the surface of the concrete. If any such falls or runs
occur, the surface of the work soiled thereby shall be removed until a new
and clean surface shall have been obtained. All spaces left of such falls or
runs beyond the prescribed width of the work, or caused by negligence of
or for the convenience of the Contractor, shall be built up with concrete at
the discretion of the Engineer.

The additional cost so incurred shall be held to be included in the


Contractor‟s rates in the Bill of Quantities for work within the original
contract limits.

Special precautions approved by the Engineer shall be provided to protect


the fresh concrete, immediately after casting, from quick drying and
plastic shrinkage cracking and from being washed away due to rain.

31.14.2 Placing Concrete in Wet Ground

Wherever concrete is to be placed in wet ground, shallow drains shall be


excavated below the ground formation, filled with broken stone, and
connected to suitably placed sumps.

A concrete carpet, the top of which will form the foundation level for the
structural concrete, shall then be laid.

31.14.3 Placing Concrete Below Water Level

No Concrete (unless expressly permitted by the Engineer in writing) shall


be placed in or under water. In all cases where concrete is to be placed

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 64
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

below water level, the water table level is to be lowered by pumping in


such a way that the sub-base shall not be disturbed. The method of
lowering the water table shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. The
lowering of the water table shall continue after the concrete has been
placed, and permission to stop pumping must be obtained from the
Engineer. During the whole period, standby-pumping equipment shall be
kept on site. The concrete shall be placed only after the Engineer has
approved the arrangements which have been made for the pumping
equipment and the method of ground water lowering.

All concrete placed below water level, where expressly permitted by the
Engineer, shall contain additional cement at a rate of 10% above the
cement content as defined in Table 2 for class „E‟ exposure.

31.14.4 Special Requirements

a Machine Foundations
Machine Foundations shall have all holes for anchor bolts formed in
them to the exact requirements of the equipment manufacturer. All
such holes shall be accurately positioned by the use of templates
supplied by or prepared to the intersections of the plant
manufacturer. The machine foundation blocks shall be separated
from the adjacent floors and the gaps shall be filled with approved
compressible joint filler such as Flexcell or similar.

b Concrete Floors
Concrete Floors supported on grade shall be cast in alternative bays
of not more than 2.40 m square and shall be finished as shown on
the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer.

31.15 PLACING TEMPERATURE OF CONCRETE

The temperature of the concrete while being placed shall be kept as low as
possible to obviate detrimental effects of heat on the quality of the
concrete.

The Contractor shall use, during exceptional hot and especially hot dry
weather conditions, concrete mixes and transportation, placing and
compaction methods to ensure having the required quality of concrete
without “cold joints”.

The temperature of the concrete as placed in the forms shall not exceed
380C. To keep the concrete temperature below this limit, the Contractor
shall, at his own expense, employ effective means, such as precooling the
aggregates, painting the cement silos white, water reservoirs mixers, and
transportation equipment and covering the pipelines, and other approved
measures to reduce the placing temperature of the concrete.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 65
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

31.16 CONSOLIDATION (VIBRATION) OF CONCRETE

Each layer of concrete shall be consolidated to the maximum practicable


density, so that it is free from pockets of coarse aggregate and closes
snugly against all surfaces of forms and embedded materials. The concrete
shall be consolidated with high-frequency electric or pneumatic power-
driven immersion type vibrators with minimum 9000 rpm and approved by
the Engineer, who shall have the right to order the removal and/or
replacement of any defective vibrators at any time.

The Contractor shall have no claim for extra payment by reason of


compliance with such orders. Ample standby units and shall be provided
on site to ensure that no stoppage will occur due to breakdown. The use of
suitable and approved tamping vibrators in lieu of or supplemental to the
immersion type vibrators may be required on horizontal slabs. Where
ordered, the vibration shall be supplemented by hand spading.

Only skilled and experienced operators will be permitted to carry out


compaction of concrete by vibration. The vibrators shall be inserted into
the concrete at intervals not exceeding 60 cm and shall be allowed to
penetrate and revibrate the concrete in the upper portion of the underlying
layer. The vibrators shall be applied for a short time in each position and
shall be withdrawn as soon as water appears on the surface. Systematic
spacing of insertions of the vibrators in the concrete shall be established
to ensure that no concrete remains unvibrated. Care shall be exercised to
avoid contact of the vibrating heads with the surface of the forms and the
reinforcing bars or other embedded material.

Vibration shall not be used to cause concrete to flow in a lateral direction,


as this will lead to segregation.

The whole procedure for vibrating concrete shall be as approval by the


Engineer, who may at any time issue additional instructions.

The cost of all consolidation shall be deemed to be included in the


Contractor‟s rates for concrete.

31.17 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN CONCRETE

Concrete surfaces upon against which concrete is to be placed, and to


which new concrete is to adhere, which have become so rigid that the new
concrete cannot be incorporated integrally with the previously placed, are
defined as construction joints.

Formed vertical or inclined construction joints, as well as unformed


horizontal construction joints due to interruption of concrete placement,
will be only permitted where shown on the Drawing or directed by the
Engineer.

All intersections of construction joints with concrete surfaces that will be


exposed to view shall be made absolutely straight and level or plumb.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 66
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

The surface of construction joints shall be clean and damp when covered
with fresh concreted or mortar. Cleaning shall consist of the removal of all
laitance, loose or defective concrete, coatings, sand and other foreign
material. The surfaces of construction joints shall be wet-sandblasted and
then washed thoroughly. The sand blasting and washing shall be
performed at the last opportunity prior to placement of concrete. The
surfaces of all construction joints shall be washed thoroughly with air-
water jets, immediately prior to placement of adjoining concrete. All pools
of water shall be removed from the surface of construction joints and
where practicable a 10 to 15 mm layer of 1:3 cement mortar shall then be
spread and well worked into the surface of the construction joint with the
aid of brushes, care being taken that the mortar does in no case set before
concrete is placed on it.

Where shown on the Drawings, or required by the Engineer, construction


joints shall be fitted with PVC water stops (see Clause 31.32).

31.18 EMBEDDING METAL CHAPTERS IN CONCRETE

The Contractor will be required, at the time of pouring, to embed into the
concrete various iron steel work and also smaller fixtures such as bolts,
sleeves, anchors, guides, measuring devices, instruments, etc.

All tubes, pipes and fixtures must be set absolutely true in accordance
with the Drawings by means of templates fixed accurately in position. The
greatest possible care shall be taken to protect the surface of such metal
work from oxidation, and to this end additional concrete shall be rammed
or caulked beneath the metalwork with great care, and shall be similarly
brought up the sides and vibrated where require.

31.19 CONCRETE FINISHES

31.19.1 Formed Surfaces

Formed concrete surfaces shall be given the required finish consistent


with the type and class of forms used, as specified in Clause 31.25. Any
defects which are not consistent with the finish possible with good and
careful workmanship shall be made good by the Contractor at his own
expense.

31.19.2 Unformed Concrete Surfaces

All unformed exposed concrete surfaces shall be given a floated finish,


unless a trowelled finish as described below is required. Floated finish
shall consist of levelling and screeding to even and uniform surfaces,
followed by floating without the addition of any topping, as soon as the
screeded surface has stiffened sufficiently. Floating shall be done to the
minimum required to produce a surface that is free from screed marks and
is uniform in texture. The finish shall be given a final touch-up with a
wooden float at an appropriate time after completion of the initial floating.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 67
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Irregularities on such surfaces, as measured against a 3 m straightedge or


template shall not exceed 6 mm.

Trowel finish shall be applied to floor slabs inside building where no other
flooring is required, to tops of parapet walls prominently exposed to view
and elsewhere as shown on the Drawings or ordered by the Engineer.
When the surface screeded and floated as described above, has hardened
sufficiently to prevent excess of fine material to be drawn to the surface,
steel trowelling shall be started. Steel trowelling shall be pressure, such as
will flatten the sandy texture of the floated surface and produce a dense
uniform surface, free from blemishes and trowel marks. Permitted
irregularities shall be as for floated finish.

31.19.3 Scratched Finish

Scratched finish shall be used for surfaces to receive bonded cementitious


topping.

31.19.4 Broom Finish

Broom finish shall be used for sidewalks, exterior stairs and courtyards.

After being given a floated finish, the surfaces shall be slightly roughened
by a light brooming with a stiff brush or broom to give a nonskid surface
to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

31.20 CURING OF CONCRETE

31.20.1 General

From casting until the end of the specified minimum curing period the
concrete shall be kept constantly moist and adequately protected against
damage due to fluctuation in surface temperature.

Curing shall be either water curing in accordance with sub-clause


31.21.2, or membrane curing in accordance with sub-clause 31.21.3 of
this Clause. Membrane curing shall preferably used on large exposed
unformed surfaces such as roof and floor slabs. Membrane curing shall
not be used surfaces upon or against which concrete is to be cast, which
are to be plastered or painted.

The unformed top surfaces of walls shall be moistened by covering with


water-saturated material or by other effective means, such as covering
with white polyethylene sheets that will prevent evaporation of water, as
soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to prevent damage by
water. These surfaces and steeply sloping and vertical formed surface shall
be kept completely and continuously moist, prior to and during from
removal, by water applied on the unformed top surfaces and allowed to
pass down between the forms and the formed concrete faces. This
procedure shall be followed by the specified water curing or membrane
curing.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 68
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Even after the specified minimum curing period, care shall be taken to
prevent the concrete from excessive drying and to restrict the range of
temperature changes to which it is subjected.

The cost of all work and materials described in this Clause shall be held to
be included in the rates for concrete.

31.20.2 Water Curing

Concrete cured with water shall be kept wet for at least 7 days for class „G‟
concrete and 10 days for Classes „E‟ and „F‟ and mass concrete,
immediately following placement of the concrete, or until covered with
earth or fresh concrete, by ponding or covering with water-saturated
material or by a system or perforated pipes, mechanical sprinklers, or
porous hose, or by any other approved method which will keep all surfaces
to be cured continuously and not periodically wet. Water used for curing
shall meet the requirements of Clause 31.4. The unformed top surfaces of
walls, roofs and slabs shall be protected, immediately after finishing
operations have been completed, against the detrimental action of sun,
wind or rain, as directed by the Engineer.

Appearance of plastic shrinkage or cracks during the first few hours after
casting requires an immediate change of finishing and/or initial curing
methods.

31.20.3 Membrane Curing

Membrane curing shall be by application of a compound which forms a


water-retaining membrane on the surfaces of the concrete. The curing
compound shall be white-pigmented and shall conform to standard
specification for Liquid Membrane forming Compound for Curing
Concrete, ASTM Designation C309, or to another standard acceptable to
the Engineer.

The compound shall be of uniform consistency and quality within each


container and from shipment to shipment.

Curing compound shall be applied to the concrete surfaces by spraying in


one coat to provide a continuous, uniform white membrane over all areas.
Coverage shall not exceed 3.5 square metres per litre, and on rough
surfaces coverage shall be decreased as necessary to obtain the required
continuous membrane. Spraying equipment shall be of the pressure tank
type, which provides for continual agitation of sealing compound during
curing operation.

The use of ordinary orchard-type hand sprays will not be permitted.

In order to ensure thorough and complete coverage of the concrete


surfaces, approximately one half of the required thickness of coating shall
be applied by moving the spray gun back and forth in one direction with
the remainder of the coating applied immediately thereafter by moving the
gun at right angles to the direction of the first application. The repair of

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 69
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

surface imperfections shall not be made until after application of curing


compound.

When curing compound is used on unformed surfaces, application of the


compound shall commence immediately after finishing operations are
completed. When curing compound is to be used on formed surfaces, the
surfaces shall be moistened with a light spray of water immediately after
the forms are removed and shall be kept wet until the surfaces will not
absorb more moisture. As soon as the surface film of moisture disappears,
but while the surface still has a damp appearance, the curing compound
shall be applied. Special care shall be taken to ensure ample coverage with
the compound at edges, corners and rough spots of formed surfaces.

In the event that application of curing compound is delayed, the concrete


surfaces shall be kept continuously moist until the curing compound is
applied. After application of the curing compound has been completed and
the coating is dry touch, any required patching of concrete shall be
performed. Each patch, after being finished, shall be moistened and coated
with curing compound in accordance with the foregoing requirements.
Traffic and other operations by the Contractor shall be such as to avoid
damage to coatings of curing compound for a period of not less than 28
days. Where it is impossible because of construction operations to avoid
traffic over surfaces with curing compound, the membrane shall be
protected by a covering of sand or earth not less than 50mm thick or by
other effective means. The protective covering shall not be placed until the
curing membrane is completely dry. Before final acceptance of the work,
the Contractor shall remove all sand or earth covering in a manner
acceptable to the Engineer.

Any damage to the curing membrane within 14 days after application shall
be repaired without delay and in a manner acceptable to the Engineer.
Curing compound shall be made available for sampling 30 days prior to
use, and no curing compound shall be used until it has been tested, and
approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide facilities and
assistance as required for procuring representative test samples. A sample
consisting of 1 litre will be taken from each batch represented in each
shipment.

31.21 TESTING OF CONCRETE

31.21.1 General

All tests on concrete as prescribed in this Clause and elsewhere in this


specification shall be made at an authorized laboratory approved by the
Engineer, and the Contractor shall arrange for three copies each test
certificate to be handed to the Engineer.

All tests of concrete shall be made in accordance with BS 1881.

When making test cubes of mass concrete, pieces of aggregate exceeding


50 mm in size shall be excluded from the concrete which is placed in the
moulds. With the commencement of concrete placement and on each day

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 70
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

of concreting, slump tests shall be made to ensure that the concrete is


dense and of the required workability. On each day samples of concrete
shall also be taken and work test cubes shall be made and tested.

At least 4 samples of concrete shall be taken from 4 randomly selected


batches of concrete representing each not more than 50 m3 of concrete.
The sample shall, where practicable, be taken at the point of discharge
from the mixer, or in case of ready mixed concrete at the point of
discharge from the delivery vehicle.

Compliance with specific characteristic strength may be assumed if:

a The average strength as determined from any group of 4 consecutive


test cubes exceeds the work cube strength as per Table 1.
b Each individual test result is greater than 85% of the specified
characteristic strength, Table 1.

If only one cube fails to meet the second requirement then that result may
be considered to represent only the particular batch of concrete from
which that cube was taken, provided the average strength of the group
satisfies the first requirement.

If the average cube strength of any of consecutive tests as deduced from


these tests does not reach the desired value, the mix shall be redesigned.
Also if such test indicates that the compressive strength is in excess of the
desired value, the mix may be redesigned. If any of the samples fail to
attain the minimum cube strength as specified in Table 1, the concrete
placed at the time the test cubes were made, is liable to be condemned by
the Engineer.

The Contractor shall, if so directed by the Engineer, cut out and replace,
at his own expense, the sections of the work represented by the cubes
which do not meet the requirements of the Specification.

The Engineer in his discretion may reduce the frequency of sampling and
the number of test cubes, which are to be tested in this way, if the
concrete produced is generally satisfactory, and consistent test results are
obtained.

The Contractor shall at his own cost provide all labour, equipment, tools
necessary for sampling and testing the concrete.

31.21.2 Testing for Water- tightness

Water retaining or conveying concrete structures, shall be tested for water-


tightness when filled with water in accordance with Clause 32.16.

31.22 REPAIR OF CONCRETE

31.22.1 General

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 71
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Repair of concrete shall be performed by skilled workmen and in the


presence of the Engineer or his Representative. The Contractor shall
correct all imperfection on the concrete surfaces as necessary to produce
surfaces that conform to the requirements specified. Unless otherwise
approved, repair of imperfections in formed concrete shall be completed
within 24 hours after the removal of forms. Forms shall be neatly removed
from the surfaces. Concrete that is damaged from any cause, concrete that
is honey-combed, fractured, or otherwise defective, and concrete which
because of excessive surface depressions must be excavated and built up
to the prescribed lines, shall be removed and replaced with drypack,
mortar or concrete and cured as hereinafter specified. Where bulges and
abrupt irregularities protrude on formed surfaces, the protrusions shall be
reduced by bush-hammering and grinding. Drypack shall be used for
filling holes having at least one surface dimension somewhat greater than
the hole depth and for narrow slots cut for repair of cracks. Drypack shall
not be used behind reinforcement or for filling holes that extend
completely through the concrete. Mortar filling, placed under impact by
use of a mortar gun, may be used for filling holes on surfaces where the
holes are too wide for drypack filling and too shallow for concrete filling
and no deeper than the far side of the reinforcement that is nearest to the
surface.

Concrete filling shall be used for holes extending entirely through the
concrete, for holes in which no reinforcement is encountered and which
are greater that 0.10 m2 and deeper than 100 mm, and for holes in
reinforced concrete which are greater in area than 0.05 m 2 and which
extend beyond reinforcement.

All drypack, mortar and concrete fillings shall be kept constantly moist
and protected from drying due to surface temperatures, as described in
Clause 31.21.

All materials, procedures and operations used in the repair of concrete


shall be subject to the Engineer‟s approval.

All fillings shall be bonded tightly to the surface of the holes and shall be
sound and free from shrinkage cracks and dummy areas after the fillings
have been cured and have dried. The use of a special adhesive paint or
admixture for bonding repair concrete or mortar to hardened concrete may
be required or approved by the Engineer.

All repairs of concrete shall be done by the Contractor and entirely at his
own cost.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 72
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

31.22.2 Cement Mortar

Cement mortar shall consist of 1 part by volume of Portland cement to 3


parts by volume of fine aggregate, unless otherwise specified, with a
plasticising agent and just sufficient water too make the mortar workable,
consistent with its purpose.

31.23 FORMWORK (SHUTTERING) FOR CONCRETE – GENERAL

The Contractor shall design, supply and fix all necessary formwork,
together with its attendant scaffolding, timbering, shoring, strutting, etc.,
required for the placing of concrete.

The formwork shall be in all cases adapted in every respect to the shape of
the concrete structure to be built.

For use as formwork, the Contractor will be permitted to use plywood,


hardboard of approved manufacture, steel plate, or timber boarding.

Where timber boarding is used, it shall be properly seasoned. Especial


care shall be taken to ensure that forms are adequately backed and
stiffened, to obviate any distortion resulting in bulges and irregularities
when subjected to the pressure of the wet concrete whilst it is being
placed and vibrated. Especial care shall also be taken to avoid untidy
irregularities at junction between lifts, and the Engineer may demand any
special measures, such as the use of temporary gauging strips, recesses or
the like, avoid such irregularities. The cost of such measures will be
deemed to be included in the rates.

Full size plywood and hard sheets shall be use, except where otherwise
required or where smaller pieces will cover the entire area.

Forms shall be so placed that markings will be symmetrical. The forms


must be fixed in perfect alignments and securely braced so as to be able to
withstand, without displacement or deflection, the movement of men,
materials, and plant and the pressure wet concrete, whilst it is being cast
and vibrated.

The formwork for successive vertical lifts must make such perfect contact
with concrete in the preceding lift that there shall be no excrescencies,
bulges, tears and other outward signs of faulty junctions.

The formwork must be constructed in such a manner that there shall be


no leakage of mortar. Where formwork is unavoidably exposed to the hot
air for periods of time, and shrinkage of the planking and opening of the
joints may occur, the Contractor shall prevent leakage of any kind through
open joints by means of suitable fillers or otherwise.

The continued use of forms of all descriptions will be at the discretion of


the Engineer, who will require the forms to be reconditioned or surfaced
from time to time. After repeated use, the Engineer will require the
Contractor to scrap the forms and to provide new ones.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 73
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

All exposed concrete shall have the external corners chamfered 25 x 25


mm for, where directed, by greater amount, by means of moulding strips
fixed to the formwork. Interior angles on such surfaces and edges at
formed joints will not require bevel unless requirement for bevel as
indicated on the Drawings.

Openings sufficient in size, number, and properly spaced shall be provided


in forms to permit convenient access to ant through inspection of the work
behind the forms.

The height of all formwork erected at any one time shall be subjected to
the approval of the Engineer.

31.24 CLASSES OF FORMS


The types of forms used for the placing of concrete in various structures,
and the methods of their erection and removal, shall be adapted to the
methods used in placing the concrete and shall in each case be subject to
the approval of the Engineer.

The types and conditions of form lining, the ability of the forms to
withstand distortion caused by placement and vibration of the concrete,
and the workmanship used in form construction shall be such that the
formed surfaces, after being finished, will conform with requirements as to
the finish of formed surfaces.
With regard required finish of formed concrete surface, formwork will be
classified as follows:

a Formwork for concrete surfaces or portions thereof which will be


covered up below ground level or plastered:
Use of unwrot timber will be permitted for this class of formwork.
Forms for concrete surfaces, which are to receive plaster or cement
coat finishes, shall be constructed of materials which will leave the
concrete surface sufficiently rough or will provide keyed indentation
in the concrete or proper bond.

b Wrot formwork for exposed smooth concrete surface:


This class shall include the use of steel sheets or sheets forms lined
with steel sheets, formboards, blackboard or hardboard of approved
manufacture, or timber boarding planed on both sides to equal
thickness. A regular and smooth finish is required, free of excessive
bulges, irregularities, or unsightly markings or defects of any kind.

Unless otherwise specified or agreed by the Engineer, offsets and


similar irregularities on these surfaces shall not exceed 3 mm, and
gradual irregularities shall not exceed 6 mm.

c Formwork for exposed surfaces in fair face concrete finish:

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 74
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

This class shall, among others, include the use of wrot timber of
equal thickness, in equal widths of 100 to 150 mm, in parallel
vertical, or horizontal lines, or in a pattern as directed.

31.25 EXAMINATION

Civil, structural, mechanical, and electrical drawings and specifications


shall be examined for work that might affect formwork.

31.26 CLEANING AND TREATMENT OF FORMS

At the time concrete is placed in the forms, surfaces of the forms shall be
free from encrustations of mortar, grout, or other foreign material. Before
concrete is placed, the surfaces of the forms shall be treated with an
approved commercial release agent which will effectively prevent sticking,
and will not stain the concrete surfaces, or cause sealing of the thin
surface layer.

Forms to surfaces to be plastered or rendered shall not be so treated, but


shall be thoroughly wetted about half an hour before concreting.

31.27 FORM TIES

Ferrules and wire ties shall in no case be used for the temporary
connection of the opposite sides of formwork for concrete walls and
members of water retaining or conveying structures. The use of such
methods of connection in other structures will be subject to the Engineer‟s
approval.

Wherever ferrule and wire connections are permitted, the ends of the
ferrules or ties, after removal of the forms, shall be cut back to a depth at
least equal to that required for the reinforcement cover from the face of the
concrete and covered with 1:2 cement mortar, containing an approved
shrinkage-reducing additive. This operation must be carefully carried out.
The hole formed by the cutting process must be thoroughly cleaned and
wetted before filling.

The mortar must be of damp, not wet, consistency. The patch must be
properly trowelled smooth to match the surrounding concrete surfaces
and shall be thoroughly cured by keeping it moist continuously for at least
three days. After the patch has hardened, the Engineer may require the
patch and the adjacent concrete surface to be ground down smooth. Any
patches that are loose or hollow on completion must be redone.

Where embedded metal rods or sleeves used for holding forms are
permitted to remain embedded, they shall terminate not less than 25 mm
under the formed faces of the concrete and not less than 40 mm where
facing water.

Embedded fasteners on the ends of such rods or sleeves shall be such that
their removal will leave holes of regular shape. The holes left in the

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 75
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

concrete surfaces by the removal of fasteners on holding roads or sleeves,


and the insides of sleeves shall be completely filled with 1:2 cement-sand
mortar containing an approved shrinkage reducing additive and shall be
made completely watertight.

The mortar fill shall be finished flush with the concrete surfaces as
specified above.

Two samples of each type of form tie for use in watertight structure shall
be submitted to the Engineer for approval, at least four weeks prior to
Engineer for approval, at least four weeks prior to commencement of
construction.

31.28 CORE HOLES, ETC. FOR METAL WORKS

Where necessary, parallel sides or tapered holes for receiving holding-


down bolts as well as core holes, pockets, etc. for the reception of metal
work, pipe, ladders and other fittings shall be formed in the concrete with
wooden core boxes, fabricated in such a manner that they can be
completely withdrawn or broken up and removed after the concrete has
set. All such core boxes shall be set with great accuracy with the aid of
templates and securely fixed to prevent displacement during concreting.
The insertion, and removal of all such core boxes when the concrete has
hardened sufficiently, is deemed to be included for in the rates for
concrete.

31.29 REMOVAL OF FORMS

To facilitate satisfactory progress with the specified curing and enable


earliest practicable repair of surface imperfections, forms shall be carefully
removed as soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to prevent
damage by form removal. Forms shall not be removed until the strength of
the concrete is such that forms removal will not result in perceptible
cracking, spalling or breaking of surfaces, or other damage to the concrete.
Forms shall be removed with care so as to avoid injury to the concrete and
any concrete so damaged shall be repaired in accordance with the
provisions of this Specification.

No forms shall be removed without the express permission of the Engineer


or Engineer‟s Representative, but the Contractor shall, nevertheless,
accept sole responsibility for the removal and consequence thereof.

In no case shall forms to soffits be struck until test cubes from the actual
concrete concerned have yielded the 7 days strengths specified. As a
guide, and subject to the foregoing, the following removal times are
recommended for forms:

Type of Structure
Time

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 76
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Sides of foundations, slabs, etc. 24


hours
Sides of beams in suspended work, side of walls and columns 48
hours
Sides of retaining walls 36 hours
Soffits of beams and slabs in suspended works (spans up to 3 meters) 14
days
Soffits of beams and slabs in suspended work (span 3 to 6 meters) 21
days
Soffits of beams and slabs in suspended work (span over 6 meters) 21
days
Beams supporting loads more than 6 meters span, to be propped
in mid span for: 21 days

31.30 TOLERANCE FOR CONCRETE WORK

Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, the tolerances listed in the


following table shall apply to concrete structures: provided that closer
tolerances may be required where necessary for the installation of
mechanical equipment, as established by the plant manufacturer.

31.31 CONTRACTION AND EXPANSION JOINTS


31.31.1 Contraction Joints

The contraction joints between the various concrete structures shall be of


the keyed joint type or plain butt joints as shown on the Drawings. Where
required, the joints shall be provided with PVC water stops to prevent
seepage. One face of each joint is to receive on coat of bituminous primer
and two coats of approved bituminous paint. These coats shall be applied
when the surfaces are dry and no further coat shall be applied until the
former coat is dry.

The whole of the concrete face shall be painted, but special care shall be
taken that no paint remains on the waterstop.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 77
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

ALL STRUCTURES
Variation of the linear outline In 6 m ……………. 12 mm
From established position in plan In 12 m ……………20 mm
Variation of dimensions of individual In 25 m or more …..30 mm
structure features from established positions In buried construction twice the above
amount.
Variation from the plumb, from the specified In 3 m ……………..10 mm
batter, or form the curved surfaces of all In 6 m ……………..20 mm
structures, including the line and surface of In 12 m or more ….30 mm
columns, walls, piers buttresses, arch In buried construction, twice the above
sections, vertical joint grooves, and visible amounts.
Arises.
Variation from the level or from the grades In 3 m ………………5 mm
indicated on the drawings, in slabs, beams, In 10 m or more …...10 mm
soffits, In buried construction, Horizontal In buried construction, twice the above
joint grooves and visible arises. amounts.
Variation in cross-sectional dimensions of Minus……………….. 5 mm
columns, beams, piers, buttresses, and Plus ………………..10 mm
similar members
Variation in the thickness of slabs, walls Minus ……………...10 mm
arch, sections, and similar members. Plus ………………..10 mm
FOOTINGS FOR COLUMNS, PIERS, WALLS, BUTTRESSES, AND SIMILAR
MEMBERS
Variation of dimensions in plan Minus ……………....10 mm
Plus ………………...50 mm
Misplacement of eccentri city 2 percent of footing width in the direction of
misplacement but not more than50 mm.

Reduction in thickness 5 percent of specified thickness


TOLERANCES FOR PLACING REINFORCEMENT STEEL
Variation of protective covering With 50 mm cover ……5 mm
With75 mm cover …10 mm
Variation from indicated spacing 25 mm

Care shall be taken to ensure that the joint surfaces are truly vertical and
plane, and to this end all shuttering shall be rigidly supported.

31.31.2 Expansion Joints

Expansion joints where shown on the Drawings shall be constructed by


placing a rubber water stop between the CHAPTERs to be joined and
forming a gap by inserting a suitable pre-molded joint filler. On the
exposed sides of the joint a groove shall be formed and filled with joint
sealing compound.

The joint sealing compound shall be of the two-component polysulfide


based type, and of approved make. It shall be suitable to withstand
tropical climatic conditions as to preparation and cleaning of caulking
grooves and mixing and placing of joint sealer shall be strictly adhered to.
Due regard shall be given before use of the sealing compound that its
shelf-life has not been exceeded.

Sealing compounds of suitable viscosity shall be used on horizontal and


vertical surfaces respectively.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 78
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

31.32 WATER STOPS

31.32.1 General

Rubber water stops or PVC water stops shall be provided in the joints in
concrete where shown on the Drawings.

The Contractor shall submit with his Tender a detailed description of the
waterstops he intends to use, accompained by a drawing showing the
shape and size of the waterstop, the name of the manufacturer, and the
methods to be used for installing and splicing the waterstop, which shall
be in accordance with the requirements detailed below.

The Contractor waterstops shall be stored in as cool a place as practicable,


preferably at 21 0C or less. Waterstops shall not be stored in the open or
where they will be exposed to the direct rays of the sun. All waterstops
shall be protected from oil or grease.

31.32.2 Rubber Waterstops

The rubber waterstop shall be fabricated from a highgrade, tread-type


compound. The basic polymer shall be natural rubber or a synthetic
rubber.

31.32.3 PVC Waterstops

Plastic waterstop shall be fabricated from an elastomeric plastic


compound, the basic resin of which shall be polyvinyl-chloride (PVC). The
compound shall contain any additional resins, plasticizers, stabilizers, or
other materials needed to insure that, when the material is compounded,
it will have a minimum tensile strength of
3,000 lbs/sq.m. No reclaimed polyvinyl-chloride shall be used.

31.32.4 Tests of Materials

All waterstops shall be subject to laboratory tests before shipment.


Material for tests shall be furnished by the manufacturer and all tests
shall be made at the place of the manufacturer of the waterstop by an
agency approved by the Engineer.

31.32.5 Installation

The waterstop shall be installed with approximately one-half of the width


of the material embedded in the concrete on each side of the joint. Care
shall be exercised in placing and vibrating the concrete around the
waterstop to ensure complete filling of the concrete forms under and above
the waterstop, and to obtain a continous bond between the concrete and
the waterstop at all points around the periphery of the waterstop. In the
event that the waterstop is installed in the concrete on the side of a joint
more than one month prior to the scheduled date of placing the concrete
on the other side of the joint, the exposed waterstop shall be covered or
sheded to protect it from the direct rays of the sun during the exposure.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 79
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Before placing the concrete on the other side of the joint the projecting
half of the waterstop shall be carefully cleaned.

The Contractor shall take suitable precautions to support and protect the
waterstops during progress of the work and shall replace at his own cost
all damaged or deteriorated waterstops.

31.32.6 Splicing of Rubber Waterstops

All filed splices shall be moulded splices. All moulded splices shall be
made by vulcanizing the splices in a steel mould, as follows: The adjoining
ends at splices shall be beveled at an angle of 45 deg., or flatter, by the
use of a saw and miter box, so that the ends to be spliced will be pressed
together when the mould is closed.

The beveled ends and the sides for at least 6 mm back from the ends shall
be buffed thoroughly to provide clean, rough surfaces. All buffed surfaces
shall be given two thin coats of rubber cement and each coat shall be
permitted to dry thoroughly. A piece of gum rubber cut to the same
dimensions as the beveled face shall then be applied to the end of one
strip after removing the cloth backing from the gum rubber. The adjoining
strip shall then be placed accurately in position, and all edges shall be
stitched thoroughly together with a suitable hand stitcher. The mould
shall be heated to a temperature of 140 deg.C before the splice is placed in
the mould. The prepared splice shall be placed in the mould with the
splice in the center of the mould, and the mould shall be closed tightly to
prevent slipping during the vulcanizing process. The splice shall remain in
the mould 25 minutes after the mould is closed completely, during which
time the mould shall be maintained at a temperature of 1400C.

The Contractor shall furnish all materials for moulded splices, all field
splicing moulds, and electrical energy for heating the moulds.

Each finished splice shall withstand a bend test by bending the waterstop
180 deg. around a 50 mm diameter pin without showing any separation at
the splice.

31.32.7 Splicing of PVC Waterstops

All field splices on PVC waterstops shall be made with fusion-welded butt
splices made in accordance with instructions furnished by the
manufacurer of the waterstop. All splices will be inspected for continutiy of
the fusion weld and for water-tightness, and each splices shall withstand a
bend test by bending the waterstop 180 deg. around a 50 mm diameter
pin without showing any separation at the splice.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 80
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

31.33 REINFORCING STEEL

31.33.1 General

Reinforcement steel shall be plain or deformed mild steel or high yield


deformed type bars meeting the requirements of BS 4449, Table 6. The
tensile strength of any bar shall be at least 15% greater than the actual
yield stress measured in the tensile test. For steel of grade 250 the yield
stress shall not exceed 425 N/mm2 .

Table 6: Tensile Properties of Reinforcing Steel (BS 4449)

Nominal Size of Bar Specified Minimum Elongation


Characteristic on Gauge Length
Strength
mm N/mm2 %
250 All sizes 250 22
460/42 6 up to and including 460 12
5 16
Over 16 425 14

Note : L0 = 5.65 S0

Where L0 = Gauge length of the test piece.


S0 = Original cross-sectional area of the test piece.

Reinforcement mesh shall be mild steel welded mesh complying with BS


4483. The type of steel bars to be used in a particular structure or
structural element shall be as shown on the Construction Drawings. The
Contractor shall supply the Engineer with a certificate from the marker of
the steel, showing that it has complied under test with the appropriate
standard specification, stating the process of manufacture and if required
the chemeical analysis. Such test sheets shall be forwarded to the
Engineer one week before the dispatch of any delivery of steel.

The steel shall be free from oil, grease, dirt, and paint and any loose rust
shall be removed before use. Except as specified below, all bending must
be done cold with an approved bending machine. Only experienced steel
binders to the approval of the Engineer shall be employed and all bending
shall be in accordance with BS 4466. Heating of mild steel bars only to
facilitate bending, especially of larger diameter bars, will be permitted,
provided the temperature of the steel does not exceed 850 0 C (cherry-red
heat) and provided further that the cooling rate is low and uniform (normal
still-air cooling). Quenching of hot-bent bars in water will not be
permitted. Reinforcement bars depending on cold working for their
strength, such as cold drawn or deformed bars shall not be bent hot.

The number, size, shape and position of all steel bars, ties, links and other
members of the reinforcing system shall be in accordance with the
Drawings and the Reinforcement schedules, unless the Engineer directs
otherwise.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 81
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

The greatest care shall be taken to ensure that the steel is laid out
correctly in accordance with the Drawings and Specification. Sufficient
temporary ties of 1.5 mm annealed iron wire shall be provided to prevent
any displacement before or during the placing of the concrete, which shall
be compacted firmly around the steel. No pieces of metal or blocks of wood
shall be used on the bottom surface or against the sides of formwork to
keep the reinforcing bars in position.

Bar laps at splices shall be as shown on the Drawings and if not so shown
shall be at least 40 times the bar diameter for hooked bars and at least 60
times the bar diameter for bars without hooks. Laps of adjacent parallel
reinforcement bars shall be staggered.

All laps of bars shall be tied tightly with six laps of 1.5 mm anneals iron
wire at intervals of ten times diametres of the bars. All crossings of steel
are to be secured with three laps of wire.

Splicing of hot-rolled bars by butt welding will be permitted, subject to the


limitations contained in section 11 of BS 4449 and provided that the
resulting joint is not inferior in strength to the rest of the bars. Bars
depending on their strength on cold drawing shall not be spliced by
welding. Crossings of steel bars may be secured by tack welding instead of
tie-wires, provided that burning or other damage to steel at tack-welds is
prevented. All welds shall be done in a thoroughly workman like manner
by qualified welders by the electric arc method according to BS 5135.

Where the length of the reinforcement bars in high retaining walls and
similar structures exceed those commercially available, lap-ties will not be
permitted, and the Contractor shall submit for the Engineer‟s approval his
proposed method of splicing bars.

The contractor shall not place any such reinforcement bars, unless and
unitl the Engineer has approved the method of splicing.

The Contractor shall not pour any concrete before the Engineer has
inspected and approved the placed and fixed reinforcement.

Such approval shall however not affect the Contractor‟s responsibility for
the correctness of the reinforcement in accordance with the Drawings,
Reinforcement Schedules, Specification and/or directions given by the
Engineer.

Any bars found on erection not fulfilling their functions in the work shall
be replaced at the Contractor‟s expenses.

31.33.2 Cover Over Reinforcement

Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or directed by the Engineer, the


concrete cover over reinforcement bars shall be in accordance to Table 5.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 82
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Table 5: Nominal Cover to Reinforcement Bars, mm


Class of Concrete grade
Exposure 20 25 40 50 Over 50
E 50 40 30 25
F 40 30 25 20
G 25 20 15 15 15

31.34 PRECAST CONCRETE SLABS, ETC.

All precast concrete slabs, etc., to be used in the Works shall be of the
specified grade shown on the Drawings or in the Bill of Quantities and
shall be manufactured on site or obtained from approved manufacturers,
casting, use of forms and moulds and setting in place as shown on the
Drawings.

Samples of precast work shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval


before ordering or proceeding with manufacture on site.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 83
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

SECTION 32 CONCRETE GROUND LEVEL RESERVOIRS


(GLR)

32.1 GENERAL

The Reservoirs shall be constructed of reinforced concrete with all


appurtenate pipework for water supply and drainage, metalwork and valve
chambers, all as shown on the Drawings and Site Works.

The pipeworks for the reservoirs shall be performed in accordance with the
relevant Works in Chapter 73.

32.2 SITE WORKS

All site works near and around the reservoirs, such as site formation,
access roads, fences and gates, drains, etc., shall be carried out in
accordance with the relevant clauses of the Specification.

32.3 EXCAVATION

32.3.1 Ground Level Resevoirs

The Contractor shall excavate to formation levels for the blinding layer
under the floors of reservoirs including wall and columns foundations in
accordance with Chapter 22 of the Specification and the excavated
material shall be stored for subsequent re-use as backfilling. Excavation of
sumps, column footings, pipe blocks and the like shall be performed below
the general level of the floor sub-grade to the lines and levels shown on the
Drawings.

The final sub-grade on which the blinding layer is to be placed shall be


finished to the exact lines and slopes and shall be watered and rammed to
obtain a firm base for the blinding concrete in accordance with Clauses
22.9 and 22.10.

32.4 PREPARATION OF GLR FOUNDATIONS

32.4.1 In Excavation

When excavation for the G.L. reservoirs in accordance with Clause 32.3
has reached formation levels, the sub-grade shall be prepared by one of
the methods specified below depending on the nature of the soil
encountered. The Engineer will in each case decide as to which method of
foundation preparation is to be employed, and the Contractor shall
request the Engineer‟s decision as soon as excavation has reached
formation level. The Contractor shall not proceed with the work unless he
has asked for and obtained the Engineer‟s decision.

a When the sub-grade is suitable stable soil, it shall be compacted to


an effective depth of 30 cm to a density of 100 percent of the

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 84
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

maximum dry density at optimum moisture content as obtained from


Test No. 12 described in BS 1377: ( hereinafter “ Standard Proctor
Density”).
b Where the sub-grade is in sound rock, no special preparation is
required at formation level except for cleaning and draining rock
surfaces as specified.
c Where the sub-grade has irregular rock outcrops or is otherwise
unsuitable as a reservoir foundation, it shall be excavated to not less
than 0.6m below the required grade, unless otherwise shown on the
Drawings or instructed by the Engineer, and backfilled to the proper
level with approved compacted granular backfill.
d The area on which compacted fill is to be placed shall be prepared by
watering, harrowing and compacting with the equipment used for
compacting earthfill as described above.

No stones having a maximum dimension of more than 50 mm shall be


placed in the fill. The material shall be placed in continuous,
approximately horizontal layers having a thickness after compaction of not
more than 150mm if the material is laterite or clayey sandy soil, and not
more than 200mm in the case of sand or gravel.

The material shall be compacted at the optimum moisture content. The


moisture content shall be maintained throughout placing and compacting
operations.

When each layer of material has been conditioned to the best practicable
moisture for compaction purposes, it shall be compacted to the required
density by tamping rollers, rubber tired rollers, vibrating rollers, or other
approved compacting equipment, according to the nature of the fill
material, and no subsequent layers shall be spread until the previous
layer has been fully consolidated. The exact type and weight of the roller to
be used shall be determined by the Engineer on the basis of compaction
tests made on the materials to be compacted.

Final grading of the backfill shall be done in accordance with Clause 32.3

32.4.2 In Fill

Where the designed floor underside is wholly or partly above the natural
ground level, the ground surface shall be stripped and if necessary
excavated to at least 60 cm below said designed level, and compacted
backfill shall be placed in accordance with Sub clause (d) above. Such
backfill shall extend beyond the perimeter of the reservoir to be finished
with a berm 3 m wide and which shall not be less than 1 m above
reservoir floor, and a slope of 1:2.

32.5 BLINDING LAYER

Where required a blinding layer in concrete Class 15-G-10 of a thickness


as shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer shall be cast on

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 85
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

the finished sub grade. The blinding layer shall be levelled with a straight
edge to obtain a flat surface to receive the concrete foundations and floors
of reservoirs.

32.6 FOUNDATIONS AND FLOORS

Floors, foundation to columns, sumps and concrete in surrounds to inlet


and outlet pipes below the floors in ground level reservoirs shall be of
reinforced concrete Class 30-E-20.

Reservoir floors shall first be cast to a truly horizontal surface, which shall
be left rough to provide a good bond with the finishing layer. The final
slopes of the reservoir floor shall be formed in Class 15-G-10 concrete. The
finished floor surface shall be trowelled in accordance with Clause 31.20,
with the addition of 1.5kg of cement per square metre of surface.

32.7 WALLS OF R.C. RESERVOIRS


The walls of reservoirs, including the tower of the Elevated Tank, shall be
of reinforced concrete Class 30-E-20 cast in lifts not exceeding 1.80 m in
height. Construction joints shall be prepared as specified in Clause 31.18.
Absolute water-tightness of such joints is essential.

Smooth finished formwork shall be used on internal and external surfaces.


The parts in contact with earth may be cast against rough forms. Core
holes and recesses shall be formed where shown on the Drawings and
where ordered by the Engineer for ladder stays, cleats and brackets, and
grouted or concreted after fixing. Alternatively, subject to permission of the
Engineer, the Contractor may embed anchor plates in walls during
concreting and weld on fixing brackets and cleats later.

32.8 COLUMNS

Columns and baffles in the reservoir shall be of reinforced concrete Class


30-E-20. Columns shall have circular cross sections and shall be cast in
one continuous operation integrally with their heads.

Care shall be taken to ensure that the columns are truly vertical. Columns
shall preferably be cast in one continuous operation with the roof.

32.9 ROOFS

The roofs shall be of flat slab construction with a raised rim cast in
concrete Class 30-E-20 and shall have a slight slope from the centre
towards the rainwater spouts. The roof of the reinforced concrete reservoir
shall be separated from the wall top by 2 layers of an approved preformed
plastic sheet to provide a sliding joint between roof and wall top and filled
with joint sealing compound as specified below (Clause 32.11).

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 86
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

32.10 VALVE AND DRAIN CHAMBERS

Walls of valve chambers shall be of 150mm thick solid concrete blocks,


covers shall be of precast concrete class 30-E-20 with C.I. surface boxes.

Drain chambers shall be of reinforced concrete Class 30-E-20. Floors shall


be cast on a 50 mm thick blinding layer of concrete Class 15-G-10. Covers
shall be of precast concrete.

32.11 JOINTS

Joints at the wall footings and column bases shall have rubber or PVC
water stops of approved type and make incorporated in them as shown on
the Drawings and in accordance with the requirements of Clause 31.32

Care shall be taken to ensure that the joint surfaces are truly horizontal or
vertical and plane and to this end all shuttering shall be rigidly supported
and the top surface of the wall footing shall be carefully finished.

At the joints between the floor and column bases, the surfaces of concrete
members first cast shall be painted with two coats of bitumastic paint to
prevent adhesion of the concrete subsequently cast against them.

A rectangular caulking groove shall be formed along these joints and filled
with joint sealing compound.

Prior to placing the reservoir wall, the surface of the wall footing shall be
covered with two layers of plastic sheet as specified above for the top of the
wall. The vertical groove between the wall and footing shall be filled with
an approved compressible performed joint filler and sealed at the top with
joint sealing compound.

The joint sealing compound shall be of the two-component, poly-sulfide


based type, and of approved make. It shall be suitable to withstand
tropical climatic conditions without deteriorating. The manufacturer‟s
instructions as to preparation and cleaning of caulking grooves and mixing
and placing of joint sealer shall be strictly adhered to.

Sealing compounds of suitable viscosity shallbe used on horizontal and


vertical surfaces respectively.

32.12 PIPES AND FITTINGS

The Contractor shall install all pipes, valves fittings, and other accessories
for the inlet and outlet, drain and overflow pipes, complete as required for
the proper operation of the reservoirs, all in accordance with the Drawings
and the Engineer‟s instructions.

All pipes, valves fittings, etc., as well as the workmanship employed in


their installation shall be in accordnace with the applicable clauses of the
Specification dealing with pipelines.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 87
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

32.13 METALWORK

The Contractor shall supply, build-in, fix and paint all required metalwork
as shown on the Drawings, such as ladders, climbing steps, covers and
vents on roofs, including fly screens, water level indicators, etc., all in
accordance with the Specification.

32.14 DITCHES AND TRENCHES

Pipe trenches shall be excavated to the lines and grades as shown on the
Drawings or, as directed by the Engineer in accordance with the
Specification.

Overflow ditches with flat bottoms and sides cut to 1.5:1 slopes shall be
excavated to the required lines and gradients, from the outlets of the drain
and overflow pipes to the nearby natural drain.

32.15 SURFACES IN CONTACT WITH EARTH

The exterior surfaces of concrete of water retaining structures which are to


be in contact with earth shall be given two coats of an approved
bituminous paint.
32.16 TESTING OF RESERVOIRS

As soon as possible after completion of each reservoir and before


backfilling (if any), the Contractor shall clean and remove all dirt from
walls, columns and floors and fill the reservoir with clean water to the
intended working level.

The structure shall be checked for leakage three days after filling has been
completed. At the end of the period, the exact water level shall be
determined by the Engineer.

If after a further period of 14 days the drop in the so determined water


level shall not exceed the due allowance made by the Engineer for
evaporation losses, the structure will be considered watertight and
accepted by the Engineer.

Evaporation losses shall be measured in a separate watertight container


suspended in the water in the tank being tested. Should the drop in the
water level exceed evaporation losses, the Engineer shall carefully examine
all external surfaces of the structure, and shall mark all visible wet spots
and leaks. Such visible wet spots and leaks shall be kept under the
Engineer‟s observation for an additional period of 30 days.

If, after this additional period, leaks are still in existence and/or the drop
in the water level exceeds evaporation losses, the Contractor shall repair
and make good all defects by cutting and renewing or otherwise as
directed by the Engineer, without further payment.
No reservoir shall be deemed to have been completed and delivered to or
accepted by the Engineer until the repairs shall have been proved perfectly
watertight to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 88
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

After having been proved watertight on completion of remedial works,


reservoirs shall be kept filled with water until chlorination, where such is
required.

Lump sum items have been inserted in the Bill of Quantities to cover the
Contractor‟s expenses for testing reservoirs.

The prices shall include for cleaning and removing dirt, filling with water
as many times as may be required to prove water tightness, and making
good all defects and leakages to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

32.17 DISINFECTION OF RESERVOIRS

Where required, reservoirs shall be disinfected by chlorination.

Before disinfection, the reservoirs shall be entirely emptied and perfectly


cleaned. All walls are to be scraped to remove all dirt, silt, sand and other
impurities.Disinfection will be carried out by painting (preferably spraying)
the floor, walls, columns, baffles, ceiling, pipes, etc. with a solution
containing 250 ppm chlorine.

The solution may be prepared by dissolving calcium chloride (bleaching


powder), which shall have an available chlorine content not less than 25%,
in water. The actual chlorine content of the bleaching powder shall be
ascertained before use. After the solution is prepared, the lime is allowed
to settle and the clear water is used for painting the walls.
After a minimum of 6 hours for drying, the reservoir shall be filled with
water.
Precautions to be taken during painting of the walls include the following:

a The reservoir is to be continuously ventilated at the time of painting.


b Not less than two workmen shall be in the reservoir while disinfection
is being carried out, with a third man outside at the access point into
the reservoir.
c Men working in the reservoir shall wear protective eye goggles and a
self-contained breathing apparatus or a face mask combined with a
canister containing a suitable absorbent.
d The men employed in spraying shall wear rain-boots previously
sterilized and shall never wear them outside the structures until the
spraying is completed.

32.18 PLACING GRAVEL

Flat reservoir roofs shall be covered with a layer of gravel to a thickness of


10 cm or as shown on Drawings.

The covering of roof slabs with gravel shall be permitted only after a
minimum lapse of 14 days after concreting.

No stacking of gravel on the roofs shall be permitted.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 89
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

CHAPTER 4 BUILDING WORKS


SECTION 41 BLOCKWORK, WALL FINISHES, FLOORING
A BLOCKWORK

41.1 MATERIALS FOR MORTAR


Materials for mortar shall meet the following requirements:

 Sand for mortar in blockwork shall comply with BS 1200.


 Sand for rendering and plastering shall meet the requirements of BS
1199.
 Cement used in mortar for any kind shall be to BS 12.
 Lime shall comply with BS 890. Class „B‟ lime shall be used for
plastering undercoats and Class „A‟ lime shall be used for plastering
finishing coats.
 Mortar for concrete block shall be in accordance with BS 5628.
Cement, lime and sand shall be proportioned by volume in a 1:1:5
mix. Minimum cube strength shall be 5Mpa at 28 days.

41.2 CEMENT-LIME MORTAR

Cement-lime mortar shall be composed of one part cement, one part lime
and six parts sand (1:1:6) made in sufficient quantities only to meet the
demand and used as mixed. The sand and lime shall be mixed first and the
cement added. The ingredients shall be turned over dry to ensure adequate
mixing prior to adding water in the form of a spray. An approved
mechanical batch mixer may be used. Mortar will not be permitted to be
placed in the works later than one hour from the addition of the water.

41.3 CEMENT MORTAR

Cement mortar shall be composed of one part cement to three parts sand
(1:3) and the ingredients shall be thoroughly mixed until the cement
colour cannot be distinguished from the fine aggregate in any part of the
mass and shall then be uniformly wetted by means of a rose while
undergoing further mixing. Cement mortar shall not be used in the works
later than one hour from the first wetting of any mortar. Mortar that has
commenced to harden shall not be used in any type of the works.

The water content shall be just sufficient to ensure a dense mortar with
adequate workability, when trowelled or floated into place. If mortar begins
to stiffen from evaporation or absorption of a mixing water, the mortar
shall be retampered by adding water and remixed. All mortar and grout
shall be used within 2.5 hours of the initial mixing and no mortar or grout
shall be used after it has began to set.

Hand mixing shall be carried out on clean, water tight platforms with
approved methods.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 90
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Moist curing of plastering and curing works shall be accomplished by


keeping the surface uniformly damp by suitabel means. Moist curing shall
start during application and continue for not less than 7 days.

41.4 CONCRETE BLOCKS

Hollow, load bearing concrete block or hollow blocks for external walls
shall conform to ES C.D3.301, Class B, with a minimum compressive
strength of 4.0 Mpa based on the gross area of the section. For non-load –
bearing internal partition walls class C units with a minimum compressive
strength of 2.0 Mpa shall be acceptable.

The nominal dimensions of the blocks (coordinating size) shall be 400 mm


x 200 mm and the thickness 200 mm, 150 mm, or 100 mm as shown on
the drawings. Should blocks of the exact standard dimensions not be
available on the local market, the Engineer may permit the Contractor to
use blocks of the nearst available dimensions. Any minor change in the
design of the buildings necessitated thereby shall be made by the
Contractor at his own expense, to the approval of the Engineer.

All Blocks shall be off-loaded and handled with care, as the use of
damaged blocks will not be permitted.

Blockwork in walls unless shown otherwise on Drawings shall be of hollow


blocks built in lime-cement mortar, except that blocks below platforms or
in foundation walls shall be of solid blocks built in cement mortar.

Three (3) concrete blocks shall be tested for strength for each 100 m2 of
wall, with a minimum of three (3) tests for each building. Units shall be
selected and tested in accordance with BS 6073.

41.5 LAYING OF BLOCKS

All block work shall be bedded in cement-lime mortar or in cement mortar


as specified above, in true horizontal courses, no one portion being raised
more than 1m above another at a Time. The work shall be straight, true,
plumb and uniform in appearance.

All blocks shall be well wetted before use and the top of unfinished walls
shall be wetted before work is recommenced.

All blocks shall be well buttered with mortar before laying, and all joints
shall be thoroughly flushed up as the work proceeds. The horizontal and
vertical joints shall be of uniform thickness not exceeding 10 mm. Vertical
joints shall be staggered.

Blocks shall be anchored to concrete columns by leaving 25 mm deep


recesses in column sides to take the blocks or by means of lugs anchored
in the column and built into the blocks every third course.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 91
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

The corners and junctions between block walls and\or partitions shall be
built in continuity in proper hand across the corner or junction.

The joints in all blockwork which is to be rendered or plastered shall be


raked out to a depth of 15 mm to form a key for the rendering and plaster.

41.6 MASONRY GROUT

Masonry grout shall conform to ASTM C476. Cement, fine aggregate, and
coarse aggregate shall be proportioned by volume in a 1:2 1/4-3:1-2 mix.
The minimum cube strength shall be 15 MPa at 28 days.

41.6.1 Grout Aggregate

Aggregates for masonry grout shall conform to ASTM C404 and shall
consist of none coated grains of sound, hard, durable mineral particles all
passing a 12.5 mm sieve and be free of organic impurities.

Grout aggregates shall conform to the following gradation limits when


tested in accordance with ASTM C136.

Fine Aggregate
Standard Sieve Size Coarse Aggregate (percent
(Percent by weight
(mm) by weight passing)
passing)
12.5 100 -
9.5 85-100 100
4.75 10-30 95-100
2.36 0-10 80-100
1.18 0-5 50-85
0.60 - 10-30
0.30 - 2-30
0.15 - -
0.075 -

41.6.2 Mixing Masonry Grout

Masonry grout shall be of the proper consistency to pour without


segregation but fluid enough to fill the entire void. Grout shall be
discarded 1-1/2 hours after mixing.
41.7 STONE MASONRY WORK

The stone used for foundations is to be hard basaltic stone in large pieces
free of cracks, or veins of soft matter. A minimum of three through stones
(spanning from face to face of the wall) per square meter of walling shall be
provided.
The stone used for external walls shall be hard sound stone of approved
colour and source. A minimum three through stones per square meter
walling shall be provided. Stonework for exposed external walling shall be
cut, dressed, coursed, and bonded to the approval of the Engineer.
Weep holes shall be in masonry above all masonry flushing and at the
bottom block in exposed masonry at 600 mm centre to centre horizontally.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 92
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

41.8 DAMP PROOF COURSE

Damp proof courses on foundation walls or beams, unless otherwise


directed, shall be of approved type 3-ply roofing felt, laid to not less than 7
cm lap and bedded in cement mortar.

41.9 BRICKS
Bricks shall be obtained from an approved manufacturer and shall be
either general purpose bricks (for buildings) or special burnt clay bricks or
engineering bricks (for manholes etc.) that comply with the relevant
applicable standards as approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall
submit to the Engineer samples of the bricks that he intends to use in the
construction of the different sections of the Works. The samples of the
bricks that are approved will be retained by the Engineer.

Bricks shall be free from defects affecting strength and durability. The
amount and extent of manufacture cracks or cracks and chips due to
handling shall not be to such a degree as to give an unsightly appearance
to exposed brick surfaces and all face brick to be used on the Work shall
match with the samples approved by the Engineer.

All bricks shall be machine made if possible, of good quality brick earth
and thoroughly burnt, and shall be of deep cherry red or copper colour.
The bricks when dried shall emit a clear ringing sound when struck
together and shall not break when thrown on the ground or against other
bricks from a height of 1 m. The bricks shall not absorb water more than
one sixth of their weight after one hour of soaking by immersion in water.
The bricks shall be wholly clean and free from flaws, cracks and
underburnt lumps of any kind. They shall be uni-form in size and regular
in shape and have square, straight and sharp edges and even surfaces.

41.9.1 Brick Laying

Bricks shall be carefully handled at all stages in delivery, stockpiling,


transportation on site and construction to prevent breakage or surface
damage. Bricks shall be carefully unloaded by hand and shall not be
dumped or thrown. Special care shall be taken with stacking and storage
of bricks on the Site. Bricks shall be thoroughly soaked in water before
use and shall be set in a full bed of mortar and grouted in every course.
Solid brick masonry shall be in English or other approved bond. The
courses shall be laid level and with parallel, neat and regular joints.

Brick masonry shall be carried up evenly and uniformly, no one portion


being raised more than 1 m above another at any one time. Vertical joints
shall be filled with cement mortar as the bricks are laid. Unfinished brick
masonry shall be stepped back in course and thoroughly cleaned before
new work is added. Any holes shall be filled with bricks identical with
those already incorporated in the work.

The conditions governing the laying of brick masonry in unfavourable


weather shall be as specified for concrete in Section 3. Exposed faces of
brick masonry shall be kept moist for 10 days after laying.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 93
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

All brickwork shall be placed only after the foundation surfaces have been
prepared to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

Bricks shall be well soaked in water for a minimum of 3 h immediately


before being laid or as required so that the rate of absorption when laid
does not exceed acceptable limits approved by the Engineer. The method
of wetting shall be such that each brick be nearly saturated but the
surface appears dry when laid.

Bricks shall be laid in running bond with head joints in each course
centred over the bricks in the course below and shall be plumb, level &
true to line with full head and bed joints. The ends of brick shall be
buttered with sufficient mortar to fill the head joints. The top of the joint
mortar may be sloped toward the centre of the wall to minimise the
amount of mortar forced into the grout core space when the brick are
shoved into. Mortar protruding from bed joints into the core space shall be
removed before pouring the grout, and no mortar shall be placed or
allowed to remain in the core space.

Joints in brickwork shall be uniform and generally 10 mm thick for


horizontal and 6 mm wide for vertical joints. Joints shall be tooled to
produce a dense V-shaped joint or as otherwise ordered by the Engineer or
shown on the drawings. Defect joints shall be cut out and repointed with
mortar as directed by the Engineer.

The colour and texture of all exposed mortar joints shall be subject to the
approval of the Engineer and shall be kept uniform throughout the
particular contract by strict adherence to the approved mixes and
samples.

Extreme care shall be taken to prevent any concrete, grout, or mortar from
staining the face of masonry. If any grout or mortar does contact the face it
shall be immediately removed and the surface cleaned with clean water.
Masonry work shall be protected against staining, tops of walls shall be
covered with waterproof coverings as required, and when work is
interrupted.

All walls shall, to the extent possible and as practicable, be built up at the
same time. In no case shall any walls be advanced more than 1.5 m above
another. If it is necessary to stop off a horizontal run of masonry, the end
shall be shaped in pyramid form or as otherwise approved by the
Engineer.

Where mortar on joints has partially or totally set, the exposed surface
shall be cleaned and thoroughly wetted so as to obtain the best possible
bond with the new work. All loose masonry and mortar shall be removed
prior to the commencement of the work.

Brickwork shall be taken up truly plumb and each set of four bricklayers
shall be provided with a plumb bob and straight edge.

Bricks on the “fair face” shall be the best available, care being taken that
they are not chipped or stained as work proceeds. Bricks shall be laid so

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 94
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

as to give a perfectly flat face as tested with a straight edge, and no


chipping or rubbing back will be permitted to remedy bad laying.

In the event of fair faced brickwork not being finished with struck joints
whilst the mortar is still damp, pointing may be carried out with the
approval of the Engineer. In this case all joints shall be raked out to a
depth of 20 mm, cleaned free from all loose material and any putlogs filled
in. The area to be pointed shall then be thoroughly soaked before pointing
takes place, the mortar used being to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

Care shall be taken to keep all brickwork free from mud splashing, mortar,
bitumen droppings, etc., and it shall be well cleaned down before being
handed over.

If, after the completion of brickwork construction any of it is found to be


out of alignment or level or otherwise not conforming with the permissible
deviations specified or otherwise defective, it shall be removed and
replaced or repaired by the Contractor, at his own expense, and to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.

B WALL FINISHES
41.10 PLASTERING AND RENDERING

41.10.1 Surface Preparation

No plastering or rendering shall be carried out without the prior


permission of the Engineer‟s Representative. At least three days before
commencement of plaster work the Contractor shall thoroughly fill up with
plaster mortar all holes and chases cut in walls and partitions for various
pipes and conduits. This mortar fill shall be cured as specified for repair of
concrete. All surfaces to be plastered shall be cleaned and wetted for at
least 3 hours until well soaked with water, and then left to dry for
approximately two hours before plastering.

41.10.2 Internal Plastering

Plaster shall be applied in two coats of a total thickness of 20 mm. The


undercoat shall have a thickness of 15 mm and the finishing coat shall be
5 mm thick.

Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer the undercoat shall consist of


cement, lime and sand in proportions by volume of 1: 2: 9. The mixture
shall be prepared from coarse stuff and lime mixed in the proportions of 1:
4½ to which the required cement shall be added. This shall be allowed to
dry thoroughly before the application of the top coat to avoid cracking. The
finishing coat shall also be of cement, lime, and sand in the proportions of
1: 2:7 by volume.

41.10.3 External Rendering

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 95
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Before applying any rendering the joints in the block work shall be raked
out and all exterior surfaces shall be spatter- dashed in 2:1 sand cement
mortar to provide a key for the rendering.

The spatterdash shall be wetted an hour or two after application to ensure


adequate hydration and shall be allowed to harden thoroughly for 3 days
during which time it shall be covered up for protection against the sun
and kept moist by watering

External rendering shall be either with a smooth or spatter (Tyrolean)


finish as indicated on the drawings.

a Plain external rendering will be in two coat work, the finish to be


“smooth” as left by a wooden float and the undercoat shall be well
keyed on CHAPTERial setting and allowed to harden throughly for
not less than four days before the final coat is applied. Unless
otherwise specified by the Engineer, the first (base) coat shall be
in 3:1 sand cement mortar 15 mm thick. The second coat shall be 5
mm thick in 6 sand : 1 lime: 1 cement mortar, with the addition of 1-
2 kg of Cementone No. 1 or equivalent colour per 50 kg of cement,
according to the colour or colours to be specified by the Engineer.
The spattered Tyrolean finishing coat shall be applied to the base
coat by a hand operated machine and according to the instructions
given by the Engineer. The mix shall consist of 4 CHAPTERs dry
sand, 4 CHAPTERs of fine aggregate passing BS 410, 2.36 mm (No. 7)
test sieve, one CHAPTER of lime and 1½ parts of white cement and a
pigment as directed by the Engineer.
b The spattering shall be done in 4-5 runs. The first run shall be with a
wet thin mix which shall be made thicker with each run. The
operation shall be carried out continously in order to avoid stained
spots, and shall not be interrupted between runs. No scaffolding shall
be in contact with the surface of the wall and attention shall be paid
not be stain adjacent surfaces.
c All external rendering shall be extedned 15 cm below finished grade.

41.10.4 Pointing

Brick or hollow block walls to be pointed shall have the joints raked out to
depths of 25 mm and pointed in cement mortar composed of 1 part of
cement and 1/2 CHAPTER of lime and 3 parts of sand by volume. Mortar
is to be properly ironed to level clean, sharp, watertight joints to the
approval of the Engineer and all pointing is to be kept wet for a period of
seven days or as directed by the Engineer.

41.11 PAINTING PLASTER AND CONCRETE

41.11.1 General

Plaster work shall be carefully rubbed down smooth and any cracks,
blisters or other imperfections cut out carfefully, stopped and made good
with parian cement. Before painting is commenced, all plaster shall have

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 96
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

dried out to the satisfaction of the Engineer, and any efflorescence on the
surface shall have been removed by dry brushing. Concrete shall be
painted where specified and the surfaces shall be prepared for painting by
cutting off irregularities and removing any grease or oil. All plaster and
internal concrete to be painted shall be given three coats of “Plastic
Emulsion Coating” unless otherwise specified, in accordance with the
manufacturer‟s instructions and finished to approved tints.

41.11.2 Limewash

Lime wash shall consist of slaked lime, coarse salt and clean water mixed
as follows: place 1 kg, coarse saltwater solution into 25 kg of slaked lime.
Mix the above with clean water until the required consistency is obtained.

41.12 WALL TILES

Wall tiles, unless otherwise specified, shall be glazed tiles conforming with
BS 6431. Size and colour of tiles shall be as chosen by the Engineer.

The Contractor shall submit samples of the tiles and fittings he intends to
use for the Engineer‟s approval prior to placing any order.

The tiles shall be soaked in water for 24 hours before laying. They shall be
laid with continuous vertical and horizontal jointes and shall be bedded in
cement mortar (1:3) and jointed and pointed in white cement. Face of tile
to be about 5 mm in front of the plaster face. Free edges of tiles shall be
rounded and shall connect neatly with the adjacent plaster.

C FLOORING
41.13 NON-SLIP FLOOR FINISH

Provide non-slip floor finish (if and where indicated in the Bill of
Quantities) to the concrete floors. The floors shall be first trowelled in
accordance with Sub-Clause 31.20.2 of Section 31 and then rolled over
with a toothed handroller to form a non-slip surface. Prior to proceeding
with the casting of these floors, the Contractor shall prepare a sample of
this finish on a trial surface of 1 m x 1m area for the Engineer‟s approval.

41.14 COLOURING PIGMENTS


Pigments for colouring cement paving and the like shall generally comply
with BS 1014 and be obtained from a manufacturer approved by the
Engineer.

Alternatively an approved “ coloured cement” may be used instead of


ordinary or white cement mixed with a colouring pigment.

Samples of all floorings using a colouring pigment or a coloured cement


must be submitted to the Engineer for approval before use in the works,
and all subsequent work must be equal in colour and quality.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 97
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

41.15 FLOOR FINISHES


41.15.1 Granolithic Concrete

Granolithic concrete shall consist of 2 parts of cement to 5 parts of


aggregate (Clause 31.5.1) by volume. The water content shall be just
sufficient to produce a dense, firm concrete of adequate workability.
Mixing shall be as specified in Clause 31.10.

Granolithic finish shall not be laid until chequer plating and channel cover
curbs have been fixed and major items of machinery have been installed in
buildings.

Before laying the granolithic concrete, the surface of the concrete floor
shall be roughened by picking and throughly brushed with brushes to
expose a fresh surface and be cleaned with stiff brushes. The concrete
base shall then be soaked overnight with water, and after the excess water
has been removed a thin layer of stiff cement grout shall be well brushed
into the roughened surfaces a few minutes before the granolithic concrete
is laid. The granolithic concrete shall be well rammed on to the concrete
base to ensure proper bond.

40 mm thick granolithic shall be laid in panels not larger than 2.50 m


square, placed alternately in chess board fashion, panel joints being
formed by approved non- ferrous metal strips finished flush with the
surface. The arrangement of panels shall be symmetrical where possible
and to the approval of the Engineer. The granolithic shall be comapcted
with wooden straight- edges and levelled by very light trowelling. When
hardened the top surface shall be ground and polished to a smooth finish,
except where a non-slip surface is required.

Curing shall be water curing as specified in Clause 31.21.2. The


granolithic floor topping shall, after curing, be painted with “ Lithurin” or
similar in accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer. Unless
the Contractor can employ men with good experience in laying granolithic
concrete finishes, he shall sublet this work to an approved specialist firm.

41.15.2 Terrazzo Floor Tiles

The surface of the floor concrete shall be true and level, clean and sound.
The concrete shall be cured for a minimum of 28 days prior to
commencing tiling.

Tiling shall be done by a specialist sub-contractor approved by the


Engineer or by apporved expert labour.

Unless otherwise approved, concrete floors to be tiled shall be covered


with a consolidated separating layer consisting of weak cement/sand
mortar (nominally 1:7 mix) and, unless otherwise approvd by the
Engineer, the sand content shall be a fine building sand. This layer shall
be trowelled to a smooth and level surface.

The tiles shall be bedded in about 10mm thick cement/sand mortar. The
cement/sand mortar shall be proportioned by volume in a 1:3-4 mix with

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 98
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

sufficient water to provide a stiff plastic mix without bleed water when
compacted in place.

Immediately prior to setting the tiles, the bedding shall be dusted with a
dry cement and lightly trowelled until the cement becomes damp. Tile
shall be laid on the mortar with at least 3 mm joint between each tile and
then tamped level.

The overall thickness from structural base to finished tiled surface shall
not exceed 50mm unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.

The floor tiles shall be grouted with a cement-fine sand mortar


proportioned by volume in a 1:1 mix with a minimum of water to
reproduce a paste consistency. The joints shall be completely filled until
flush with the tile face.

Tiles shall be cleaned of all excessive mortar.

Tiles shall be protected from damage due to construction traffic. All


cracked or damaged tile shall be removed and replaced.

41.15.3 Plastic Floor Tiles

Plastic tiles shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer‟s


recommendation and the Engineer‟s instructions.

The underlying concrete surface shall be finished with a 30 mm thick 1:3


cement/sand mortar screed. The screed shall be finished level and
smooth.

41.16 CLEANING UP AND PROTECTION OF FLOORS


All floor finishes are to be left in a clean and perfect condition, and all dirt,
grease, extrusions of beddings and other adhesive materials are to be
carefully removed without damaging the floor finish.

The Contractor must protect all floors and skirtings from damage after
laying, using the most suitable and approved means for the type of floor
concerned. Any faulty sections, cracked, broken or chipped tiles, etc.,
must be replaced and made good, as must any other damage resulting
from the floor not being properly protected.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 99
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

SECTION 42 CARPENTRY, JOINERY, ROOFING AND


CEILINGS
42.1 TIMBER

42.1.1 General

All timber (eucalyptus) used for permanent work shall be the best of its
kind approved by the Engineer as suitable for the particular purpose, and
it shall in all cases be thoroughly seasoned sound, dry straight and free
from sap, shakes dead knots, dogmarks or other defects, and shall be
sawn into scantlings of the requisite dimensions not less than one month
before use, and in the case of joinery not less than three months before
use. Only unused timber shall be incorporated into the permanent Works.

Timber and plywood to be wax- polished shall be selected for grain and
absence of defects.

All timber shall be kept stacked in a dry place. Any portion of the joiner‟s
work that warps or develops shakes or other defects shall be replaced by
properly seasoned timber before being wedged up.

42.1.2 Preservation of Timber

Before treatment as described below all timbers shall be sawn out to their
finished sizes and completely worked, planed, drilled for bolts, etc., ready
for assembly. After treatment no further working may be carried out.

For roof trusses and roof timbers of all kinds the preservative shall be
Creosote. (See Clause 42.6 for treatment of fascias and soffit boards).

For all other visible timbers, whether they are to be painted or not, the
preservative to be used shall be one of an approved make. When using
wood preservative, manufacturer‟s instructions shall be followed.

After treatment the timber shall be stacked and allowed to dry fully before
assembly or fixing or subsequent decorative treatment.

Care shall be taken to avoid damage to surfaces of treated timber, and any
timber which must be cut after treatment shall have the cut surfaces
treated by two coats of preservation.

42.2 CARPENTRY

The whole of the carpenter‟s works shall be accurately set out and framed
and trussed in a workmanlike manner and fitted with all bolts, screws, “
Bulldog” connections, etc. All joints, rafters, beams, purlins, etc., to be
sawn square.

Hips, purlins, wall plates and members of trusses etc., shall be in as long
lengths as possible. Scarfs are to be at least four times the depth of the
timber and in no case less than 45 cm long and where practicable to be

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 100
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

placed at points of support. Scraft are to be keyed with a hradwood key


1/3 depth of the member. After the joint has been keyed it shall be nailed
from above and below.

Roofs shall be framed as shown on the Drawings. Struts, ties, and collars
shall be notched 15 mm to shoulder against rafters and tie beams. Tie
beams are to be nailed to wall plates (except where shown otherwise) and
halved at all joints. Wall plates shall be fixed holding down bolts at 1.80 m
centres. Purlins shall be halved over rafters or other points of support and
shall be fixed to each rafter with cleats properly notched to rafters.

Eaves and verges shall be finished with chamfered fascias halved at joints
and mitred at angles, fixed truly level and prepared for painting.

No timber or woodwork of any description shall be built into or fixed to


walls within 25 cm of any flue.

42.3 JOINERY

Generally all timber used in joinery shall have smoothed finished faces.
Where timber is wrot, 1.5 mm will be allowed off the nominal size for each
smoothed finished face, unless the size given is specifically stated as
“finished size”.

All joinery shall be knotted, stopped and primed suitably before leaving
the joiner‟s shop.

Joiner‟s work is to be executed in the best possible manner, properly


screwed, tenoned, shouldered, wedged, pinned and glued with all exposed
faces smoothly wrot. All surfaces exposed to view shall be given a careful
and thorough sanding with a fine grade glass paper, in preparation for
painting, polishing, etc.

Only brass screws and pins will be permitted. Joiner‟s work requiring but
joints shall either be tongued and grooved or cross-tongued, well glued
and cramped up. All arrises, unless moulded or otherwise detailed, shall
be slightly rounded.

Members of door and window frames and doors and windows, shall be
through- tenoned together with tenons 15 mm thick.

The tenons shall be close fitting in the mortises and pinned with hardwood
dowels not less than 10 mm diameter.

Alternatively the tenons may enter tapered mortises and be wedged. In


either case the joint shall be coated with a lead based paint before
assembly.

All mouldings shall be to detail and be approved before being fixed. They
shall be properly run with splayed heading joints and mitred angles.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 101
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

All exposed faces shall be wrot unless otherwise specified and shall be
true, clean and smoothly finished.

All shelving except as otherwise specified shall be 25 mm thick wrot,


square edged, untreated and nailed to 50 mm x 40 mm framed brackets
plugged to walls at 1.20 m centres. Shelves to be 25 mm clear from walls.

42.4 WOODEN DOORS AND WINDOWS

Wooden doors and windows shall be of the required types and sizes and
made to the design and details on the relevant drawings.

All doors, windows and frames shall be made in accordance with the
requirements of Clause 42.3 to the exact sizes shown on the Drawings and
shall fit snugly into the openings left for them. Door and window frames
shall be either screwed to plugged concrete or blockwork or secured with
100 mm nails at 45 cm centres driven into back of frame 50 mm and built
into every other course.

Windows shall be completely watertight and weather-proof. Glazing is to


be in clear glass of the specified thickness unless otherwise specified, in
accordance with Clause 43.2.

Painting of wooden doors and windows shall be in accordnace with Clause


42.6.

42.5 IRONMONGERY AND DOOR FURNITURE

All ironmongery and door furniture, whether in iron, brass, or aluminium,


shall be of approved manufacture to selected patterns and type.

The screws for fixing ironmongery must be of the same metal and finish as
the ironmongery being fixed and of the correct size. Any screw damaged
when driven home shall be withdrawn and replaced with a new screw.

All ironmongery must be carefully removed and set aside before any
painter‟s work is carried out and subsequently refixed when the pain,
varnish, etc., is dry. Any paint, etc. on the ironmongery must be carefully
removed without damaging the finish, or the ironmongery replaced with
new.

All ironmongery shall be cleaned, oiled and adjusted on completion and


left in full working order.

Keying and master keying shall be apporved by the Engineer.

42.6 PAINTING WOODWORK

All woodwork except where otherwise specified shall be properly rubbed


down, knotted, stopped, primed and painted three coats of approved
classes of oil paints and finished to approved tints. Each coat shall be
rubbed down to the final coat which shall be a hard gloss coat. When

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 102
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

priming, the greatest care shall be taken to see that priming is thoroughly
brushed into every part of the surface, in particular at end grains, joints
and notches. Joinery shall be primed before assembly and all timber to
remain in concrete or brickwork and all faces of timber to remain in
contact with concrete or brickwork shall be stained with two coats of
Solignum or other preservative as specified. Preservative shall be applied
with the same care and attention to end grain, etc., as priming.

All hardwood unless otherwise painted or protected shall be treated with


two coats of boiled linseed oil after erection.

The fascias and soffit boards shall be unpainted, but treated with creosote
(natural colour) and soaked in linseed oil.

42.7 PROTECTION, TESTING, ETC. OF JOINERY

The Contractor shall protect all joiner‟s work from damage by other trades
and from any necessary temporary wooden casings to protect this or the
work of any other trade during the course of the works. On completion the
Contractor shall test all doors, windows, shutters, drawers, etc., ease as
required, and leave all carpenter‟s and joiner‟s work in perfect working
order. All sawdust, wood shavings, dropped nails, screws, etc., shall be
cleared away.

42.8 ROOFING
42.8.3 Galvanized Steel Roofing Sheets

The roofs of buildings where shown on the Drawings shall be covered with
approved corrugated sheets of galvanized steel, 0.4 mm thick, conforming
to CP 143, as shown on the Drawings and detailed in the Bills of
Quantities, and shall be constructed complete with laps, fittings, etc.
secured to wood or steel purlins with corrosion resistant drive screws,
hook bolts, washers, etc.

All cuttings whether straight, raking or circular shall be properly and


neatly cut. Ridges, cappings and flashings, shall be of 28 s.w.g. galvanized
sheet.

42.8.4 Abestos Cement Roofing Sheets

The roofs of buildings where shown on the Drawings shall be covered with
approved corrugated sheets of asbestos-cement conforming to BS 690 part
3, as shown on the Drawing and detailed in the Bills of Quantities, and
shall be constructed complete with laps, fittings, etc. secured to wood or
steel purlins with corrosion resistant drive screws, hook bolts, washers,
etc.

All cuttings whether straight, raking or circular to be properly and neatly


cut with a handsaw. At intersections of ridges and hips the cappings shall
be closely mitred and painted with approved mastic.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 103
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

42.8.5 Flashings

Galvanized steel flashings to details shown on the Drawings shall be


provided where the roof abuts on walls, chimney stacks, etc. and shall be
stepped where the abutment line is sloped. The flashing shall be carried
25 cm over the roofing and carefully dresses into corrugations and carried
25 cm up wall face and set into chases in the walls, wedged, and jointed in
cement mortar.

42.8.6 Eaves Soffits

Eaves soffits, unless shown otherwise, shall be lined with chipboard nailed
to bearers with non- rusting nails carefully driven so as to avoid surface
damage. Joints shall be covered with 40 mm x 12 mm wrot cover fillets
carefully joined at all intersections.

42.8.7 Eaves Gutters

Eaves gutters shall be of 150 mm dia. half round galvanized steel sheet
with soldered joint, stop ends and outlets and shall be screwed to the roof
woodwork with oil painted hoop iron straps.

42.8.8 Rainwater Pipes

DN 100 PVC pipes shall be built into the concrete columns where shown
on Drawings or directed by the engineer to serve as down pipes for
rainwater disposal. The pipes shall be well embedded in the concrete and
at their tops fitted with a “ Fulbora” or similar grating. At the bottom
outlet, the down pipes shall be provided with suitable bends to issue from
the concrete columns. External rain water pipes shall be of galvanized
steel sheet, strapped to the wall.

42.8.9 Waterproofing Concrete Roofs

The concrete surface of the roofs shall be worked to the required slopes or
achieved by placing and sloping light-weight concrete towards the drains
spouts as shown on the Drawings. After being thoroughly cured, the roof
shall be made completely waterproof by covering with a 3-ply, felt –asphalt
waterproofing system, to be approved by the Engineer, incorporating a
vapour barrier and a final heat reflecting, applied surface.

42.8.10 Roof Drain Spouts

Rain spouts of DN 100 galvanized steel or PVC pipes shall be installed in


the parapet of concrete roofs at the locations and to the details shown on
the Drawings.

42.9 CEILINGS
Ceilings shall be of 8 mm chipboard attached to a suitable grid of wooden
cross-runners. The surfaces of this ceiling shall be painted with a plastic
emulsion coating after treatment with a sealer undercoat.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 104
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

SECTION 43 METAL DOORS AND WINDOWS


43.1 METAL DOORS AND WINDOWNS - GENERAL

All metal doors and windows to be provided, shall be of a type approved by


the Engineer.

The exposed surfaces shall be either of anodized aluminum or factory


primed steel with two field coats of paint as shown on the Drawings.
Anodized finish shall be of uniform colour free from surface defects.

The framed openings must be square, plumb and level to prevent


distortion of the frames.

The frames of metal doors and windows shall fit snugly into the openings
left for them and shall be screwed to plugged blockwork and concrete or
shall be fixed with mild steel straps screwed to the outside of the frames
and built in at 90 cm centres into the joints in the blockwork or in the
surrounding concrete as the case may be. When fixing metal doors, the
leaves shall be kept up 25 mm above step level on slates set in mortar.
External doors and windows shall be watertight and weatherproof.

An approved caulking compound shall be applied in the caulking rebate


between the exterior frames and adjacent construction materials.
Approved type weather strip shall be installed around all frames.

For painting of metal frames and doors, refer to Chapter 52 of the


Sepcification.

43.2 GLAZING

43.2.1 Glazing Materials

All glass sheets shall comply with the requirements of BS 952.

All glass shall be cut accurately to fit the rebates and all glazier‟s work
shall be carried out in the best approved manner and in accordance with
BS 6262, for glazing.

Clear sheet glass shall be of ordinary glazing quality. Putty for glazing to
wood shall be linseed oil putty in accordance with BS 544 of a suitable
quality for use in tropical climates.

Putty for glazing to metal shall be an approved putty for use with metal
frames as recommended by the manufacturers.

43.2.2 Fixing of Glass

Unless specified to the contrary all glass is to be back puttied, sprigged or


clipped and weather puttied and neatly splayed to the sight lines
externally.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 105
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

All glazing rebates are to be primed before glazing and all putty shall be
painted within seven days of being applied.

43.2.3 Glass Louvre Blades

Blades shall be accurately cut to the size required and to the widths
specified by the manufacturer of the louver blade holder. The edges of the
blades shall be cut perfectly straight and then be ground to produce a
smooth slightly rounded edge and the blade firmly secured in the clips of
the louver holder.

43.2.4 Completion of Glazier’s Work

All cracked, broken, scratched, chipped or otherwise defective glass, shall


be taken out and replaced and all glazier‟s work shall be cleaned and
polished inside and out and left perfect on completion.

43.3 IRONMONGERY AND DOOR FURNITURE

Hardware for operating windows shall be of an approved type and


manufacture.

Ironmongery and door furniture provided for metal doors shall be in


accordance with Clause 42.5.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 106
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

SECTION 44 PLUMBING AND SANITARY INSTALLATION

44.1 PIPES AND FITTINGS

The Contractor shall lay all piping, for conveying domestic water, up to the
limits of the Contract. This Work shall be performed in accordance with
Division 7 of the Specification.

Galvanized iron pipes and fittings shall comply with BS 1387 Steel Tubes
and Tubulars suitable for screwing, to BS 21 pipe Threads.

Fittings not included in BS 1387 shall comply with BS 143 and 1256
(malleable pipe fittings medium quality).

Pipes and fittings ordered galvanized shall comply with the requirements
of the applicable clauses of the abovementioned British Standards.

Cast iron drain pipes and fitting shall be in accordance with BS 437.

PVC soil and ventilating pipes and fittings shall be in accordance with BS
4514, unless sepecified otherwise.

44.2 VALVES AND ACCESSORIES

44.2.1 Non-Return Valves (Check Valves)

Non-return valves of the required rating and size shall be of the single disk
type and shall conform with British Standard 5153 or equivalent.

44.2.2 Stop Valves

The Stop valves of the required rating and size shall be of the extra heavy
type and conforming with BS 1010 or equal.

The Connection shall be tapped female. The stop valves shall be gun metal
rough finished bodies and with iron square top.

44.2.3 Stop Cocks

The stop cocks for below ground installation shall be of the plug cock type
meeting the requirements of BS 2580 or equivalent. They shall be flanged
and each stop cock shall be supplied with a surface box, protective pipe
and protective cover.

44.2.4 Cast Iron Surface Boxes

Cast iron surface boxes, bitumen painted, shall be for heavy traffic and
shall conform with BS 5834: or equivalent.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 107
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

44.3 SANITARY FITTINGS

The sanitary fittings shown on the drawings and/or stated in the Bill of
Quantities shall be of a type and kind approved by the Engineer.

44.4 WORKMANSHIP- GENERAL

The whole of the plumbing and sanitary system is to be carried out in the
best approved workmanlike manner. All pipework shall be run and fixed
neatly and all joints carefully made to provide a good workmanlike and
tidy system. All fittings are to be thoroughly cleaned on completion, all
faulty washers replaced and everything left in sound working order.

44.5 INSTALLING GALVANIZED IRON PIPES

Galvanized iron pipes shall be neatly cut and screwed. Joints with sockets
and fittings shall be made in a workmanlike manner using red lead and
spun yarn or approved equivalent materials. Except where otherwise
shown on the drawings, pipes shall be kept 30 mm clear of walls and
ceilings by the use of approved pattern galvanized pipe brackets fixed not
more than 90 cm horizontally and 180 cm vertically. Pipes shall be tested
for soundness by hammering whilst under full pressure.

44.6 SOIL, WASTE AND VENTILATION PIPES

Joints between asbestos-cement or PVC soil, waste and ventilation pipes


and fittings shall be made by means of rubber seal rings inserted between
the socket and spigot of adjoining pipes. Pipes shall be fixed to walls with
metal ring clips fitted below each socket to keep the pipe 40 mm clear of
the wall face.

44.7 TESTING

The whole of the plumbing and sanitary system is to be tested on


completion to the satisfaction of the Engineer and any defects shall be
made good at the Contractor‟s expense.

44.8 FOUL-WATER DISPOSAL SYSTEM

The contractor shall construct a foul-water disposal systems as shown on


the Drawings or directed by the Engineer. Each system shall consist of a
septic tank, soakaway trench, system, appurtenant pipes and inspection
chambers. The foul-water disposal works shall in all respects comply with
regulations and requirements of the competent government and local
authorities.

Septic tanks and inspection chambers shall be constructed in Class 20


reinforced concrete and/or concrete blocks as directed by the Engineer
and shall be covered with precast slabs of Class 25 reinforced concrete, all
to details shown on the Drawings. Surface boxes and waterproof and
mosquito-proof covers shall be built into the tops of septic tanks and

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 108
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

inspection chambers. Each septic tank shall be fitted with a 100 mm dia.
vent pipe fixed to the walls of a building with suitable holders-bats and
topped by a G.I. wire cap.
Soakaway trench system shall be constructed where shown on Drawings
or as directed by the Engineer.

The soakaway system shall consist of a reinforced concrete distribution


chamber and soak trenches built to details, depth and slope shown on the
drawings and filled with rubble stones to be covered with backfill. Pipes
used for the conveyance of foul-water shall be soil pipes of the diameter
shown on the Drawings and where laid in soakaway trenches shall be
either saw-cut in the bottom portion or composed of short pieces laid with
open butt joints.

Fittings such as tees, bends, etc., shall be of cast iron.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 109
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

SECTION 45 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS

45.1 EXTENT OF INSTALLATION

Complete electrical power and lighting installations for the buildings


included in this contract, shall be provided, as shown on the Drawings.
These works shall include also the facilities for connection of the supply to
the distribution sub board of each building, such as conduits, console
with insulators on the roof, where the supply is form an over headline and
all other auxiliary works.

The connections shall be coordinated with other executing the electrical


supply works and/or with EEPCO.

Also, the Contractor shall provide all the preparatory works for telephone
connections in the building as follows:

Inlet boxes, under plaster conduits with inserted drawcords, outlets and
all auxiliary materials as required by the telephone authority. Also the
Contractor shall coordinate with this authority and shall prepare all the
facilitiies for headline or underground connection to the telephone
network for each building.

45.2 DISTRIBUTION SUB BOARDS

These sub boards shall consist of wall-mounted sheet steel or


polycarbonate enclosures, designed for front access. Instruments mounted
on the door shall be connected to the internal equipment by suitable
flexible wires, through terminals fixed on rails inside the boxes.

The terminals shall be easily accessible and exchangeable. Terminal lugs


shall be crimped-on and no soldering shall be allowed.

Metal doors shall be earthed by means of flexible copper conductors.

All the cable or conduit entrances in the subboard enclosure, shall be


effected through suitable glands, in order to seal the subboard against
insects and rodents.

45.3 ACCEPTANCE

The Contractor shall obtain acceptance for all electrical work, before and
after installation in the plant, from the Ethiopian Electric Lighting and
Power Corporation (EEPCO).

45.4 STANDARDS

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 110
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

The electrical installation shall be in accordance with the latest editions of


standards and codes of EEPCO and with the standards and codes of IEC,
VDE or equal. In cases where specific requirements of EEPCO conflict with
other standards and codes, the requirements of EEPCO shall take
precedence. Only the latest editions of the standards shall apply.

45.5 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS

The electrical equipment, wherever practicable, is to be of fully tropicalized


design, suitable for operation under the existing climatic conditions and
the duties set out in the Drawings.

Electric conductors other than resistors or contacts shall be of electrolytic


copper. No current carrying parts of the equipemnt shall be of aluminium.
All mmaterials used as insulation or bedding for coils shall be treated with
a fungus and vermin- proof tropical varnish.

Electrical contacts, movable and stationary, shall be of heavy duty silver or


other acceptable alloy.

Ferrous parts shall be anti-rust treated and tropic-proofed.

The minibreakers with thermal-magnetic protection facilities shall have


suitable characterstics for the protected device: “L” for resistive loads
(incandescent bulbs and water heaters) , “G” or “U” for fluorescent tubes
and one phase sockets and “K” for three pahse sockets in workshop.

45.6 MARKING

The equipment shall be clearly marked with standard rating plates and
with plates showing for each item its designation in the installation.

Each distribution subboard shall have a painted or inscribed warning


notice, stating the voltage, e.g. “ Danger 380 volt” or “ Danger 220 Volt”.

45.7 POWER AND LIGHTING INSTALLATIONS

All the electrical installations included in this contract are indoor located.

These installations shall comply with the rules for setting up electric
installations with rated voltages up to 1000V, in accordance with the IEC
364 and VDE No. 0100 Specifications.

Installation of materials and equipment shall be in accordance with


relevant standards, the manufacturer‟s recommendations and
instructions.

The minimum area of conductors shall be 1.5 mm2.

The type of fittings (industrial, weather- proof, etc.) shall be chosen


according to their specific working conditions, i.e., all the fittings in the

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 111
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

workshop or store rooms shall be of non-corrosive materials and of


industrial type.

Wall outlet sockets (with fused plugs) for connecting electric tools, fans,
etc, shall be installed in convenient places. All fitting for the circuits shall
be of the flush type.

Wiring for lighting and socket circuits shall be carried out by means of a
conduit system laid under platter or in concrete.

Conduits shall have a diameter of at least 16 mm and be suitable for


mounting under plaster or in concrete. Connection boxes of flush type for
these conduits, shall be provided where necessary.

Conductors shall be installed only after the conduit installation has been
completed.

Metal fittings shall be connected to the earth conductors which shall be


clamped to the earthing system. Earthing clamps shall be in accordance
with VDE 0100 and IEC 364.

The lighting installation shall include indoor and wall outdoor lighting
fittings,as shown on Drawings.

The Contractor shall propose the types of lamps to be provided. All lamps
shall comply with the latest IEC or VDE specifications and shall be
approved by the Engineer.

Fluorescent lamps shall be equipped with power factor improvement


capacitors, so that a minimum value of 0.85 of the power factor shall be
achieved.

Illumination levels shall be as follows:

Store rooms, lavatories, showers : 120 lx


Workshops, offices : 250 lx

45.8 FLOOD LIGHTS

The floodlights shall be suitable for 24 V and shall be equipped with a


flexible cable of about 30 m length. Two such floodlights shall be supplied
for each reservoir.

The 220/24V transformer for the floodlights shall be mounted on location


as directed by the Engineer.

The 24 V socket outlets and plugs shall be clearly marked and shall be of
a different type to the 220 V Sockets and plugs, i.e., two –pin type sockets
and plugs.

The flood lights shall be equipped so that they can be mounted on a wall
or removed from its mounting and used as a hand lamp.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 112
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

45.9 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

Conductors shall be of electrolytic copper, and shall be insulated with


thermoplastic rubber, or cross-linked polyethylene insulation with a
conductor- temperature rating of at least 70oC. For cross-sections over 6
mm2 conductors shall be stranded.

Conductor gauges shall be at least 1.5 mm2.


Conductor insulation shall be colour coded as per IEC 304 or VDE 0206.
Conductors for lighting and socket circuits inside the buildings shall be
PVC insulated, of type NYA, Grade 750 V.

Before supplying, the Contractor shall submit a test certificate from a


recognized testing authority, certifying that the cables comply with the
relevant IEC or VDE specifications.

45.10 EARTHING

The distribution subboards shall be provided with an earthing busbar, as


shown on drawings. This busbar shall be connected to the earthing
conductor of the supply circuit and also to a close located galvanized steel
water pipe, e.g. in the shower room, with a resistance to earth of
maximum of 10 ohm.

The power and lighting circuits shall include an earth conductor that shall
not be spliced between points of connection.

All metal lighting fittings, 220 V and 380 V sockets, metal electrical
enclosures and junction boxes shall be connectd to the earthing busbar in
the distribution subboard, by means of the aoba conductors.

45.11 LIGHTINING PROTECTION

Where required, all lightening protection works shall be performed in


accordance with BS 6651 and the Engineer‟s instructions.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 113
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

SECTION 46 MISCELLANEOUS BUILDING WORKS

46.1 FENCING AND GATES

Fences and gates, where required, shall be erected in accordance with the
layout and details shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer.
The fences shall consist of precast concrete posts and steel barbed fencing
wire as described below and as shown on the Drawings.

The ground along the fence alignment shall be levelled so as to provide an


even gap between the bottom wire and the ground surface as shown on
the Drawings.

The posts with bent tops shall be of Grade 25, precast reinforced concrete
and approximately 3.20m long overall. The posts shall be sunk into the
ground and bedded in concrete so as to stand 2.40 m high and shall be
spaced at 3 m intervals. Holes of 25 mm dia. shall be cast into each post,
spaced as shown on Drawings, through which the fencing wires shall
pass.

The steel fencing wire shall be 12 S.W.G., heavily galvanized and shall be
attached to galvanized iron straining bolts of 13 mm securely fastened to
the straining posts. Suitably strutted straining posts shall be provided at
all corners and terminal points and in straight runs at intervals not
exceeding 300 mm.

The entrance gates shall be single leaf or double leaf, to the details and
dimensions shown on the Drawings, fabricated from DN 50 standard black
water pipe and black iron fittings, and covered with 50 mm welded square
mesh. The gates shall be hinged to reinforced concrete gateposts and shall
be complete with locks and stops. All metal parts shall be painted in
accordance with the pertinent clauses of Section 52 of the Specification.

46.2 DRAINAGE SYSTEM

As shown on the drawings or instructed by the Engineer the Contractor


shall construct surface water drainage systems which could comprise a
combination of pipes, open channels and covered channels for removing
outflow, rainwater, etc. to the required outlets.

46.3 CLEANING OF BUILDINGS

On completion, the buildings shall be handed over by the contractor to the


Engineer in a perfectly clean condition. Floors, walls, woodwork,
metalwork and window panels shall be free of dirt and stains and shall be
in a condition ready for use. The cost of cleaning shall be spread over all
items of building work in the Bill of Quantities.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 114
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

CHAPTER 5 METALWORKS
SECTION 51 FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF
STRUCTURAL STEELWORK AND METALWORK
51.1 SCOPE

This Chapter deals with the fabrication and erection or fixing into place
structural steel work and metalwork such as gratings, ladders, railings,
etc. as specified herein and shown in the Drawings.

Corrosion Protection of Structural Steelwork and Metalwork is dealt with


in Chapter 52 hereof.

51.2 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP- GENERAL

All structural steelwork shall be in accordance with BS 449:, Except as


otherwise shown on the Drawings structural steel shall meet the
requirements of BS 4360. Structural steel hot-rolled sections shall be to
BS 4:, except that hot-rolled hollow sections shall comply with BS 4848:,
Steel plates shall comply with BS 1449:.

The steel supplier shall produce certificates for the Contractor confirming
that the whole of the structural steel has been rolled from new billets, and
the results of chemical analyses of the material together with the results of
mechanical test comply with BS 4360. These certificates shall be
submitted to the Engineer before fabrication is commenced.

All steel metal works should be fabricated from new material.

51.3 DRAWINGS

Shop drawings, detailed working and erection drawings for structural steel
and metalwork shall be submitted by the Contractor for approval of the
Engineer before fabrication.

51.4 STRAIGHTENING MEMBERS

Before being laid off or worked in any manner, structural steel materials
shall be straight and shall be cleaned of all rust and dirt. If straightening
is necessary, it shall be done by methods, which will not injure the metal.
Sharp kinks or bends will be cause for rejection of the material.

51.5 CUTTING

Cutting may be by shearing, cropping, sawing or machine flame cutting.


Hand flame cutting may be permitted, subject to the approval of the
Engineer, provided that the cut surfaces are free from local hardness,
cracks and other defects. All cut edges where necessary and all edges
exposed to view shall be dresses to a neat workmanlike finish and shall be
free from distortion. All cut edges shall be chamfered to remove burrs.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 115
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

51.6 HOLING

Unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer or shown on the Drawings


holes for bolts and rivets shall be drilled or punched in accordance with
BS 449:. Holes for bolts and rivets shall not be formed by a gas cutting
process.

51.7 WELDING & FLAME CUTTING


51.7.1 General

All welding shall be done by arc- welding method, as noted and indicated
by the symbols on the Drawings and as specified in BS 5135. Welding
symbols shall be in accordance with BS 499. All Welding operators
engaged on the work shall satisfy the qualification requirements for
operators, as outlined in BS 4872. The Engineer shall have the right to
require and witness the making of test specimens by any welding operator
in accordance with the above mentioned standard and to witness the
physical tests which shall satisfy the requirements specified in the British
Standard.

51.7.2 Supervision and Recording of Butt Welds

Welding shall be carried out only under the direction of an experienced


and competent supervisor. Unless otherwise agreed by the Engineer, a
record shall be kept to enable butt welds to be identified with the welders
responsible for the work but finished work shall not be marked by hard
stamping for this purpose.

51.7.3 Welding procedured, plant, Electrodes, Etc.

General welding details, including the preparation of fusion faces, the


method of pre-heating where required, the methods of making the welds,
and the types of electrodes shall be submitted to the Engineer for his
approval before the work is commenced.

The edges of plates or shapes to be jointed by welding shall be formed


properly to suit the selected type of weld joint.

Welding procedures shall be such that distortion is reduced to a minimum


and local distortion is rendered negligible in the final structure. Suitable
allowance for contraction during welding shall be made in the lengths of
steel parts before welding so that the finished lengths are correct within
normal acceptable limits.

The assembly of works for welding shall be so arranged that, wherever


possible, welding is carried out in the downhand or horizontal/vertical
position. Welding shall not be carried out in the vertical or overhead
positions unless the welder has carried out satisfactory welding tests in
these positions.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 116
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

All butt welds where the joined surfaces are flush shall be ground flush.

The exposed ends of all tubes shall be sealed off by welding a 5 mm plate
to them unless required otherwise.

51.7.4 Inspection of Welds

All welds shall be visually inspected in accordance with BS 5289. A weld


subjected to visual inspection shall be acceptable if:

 The weld is free from cracks.


 The weld exdhibits full fusion between parent plate and weld metal;
 All craters are filled;
 Welds exhibit the required size and profile;
 Welds are free from excessive undercut and/or overlap.
(Undercut shall not exceed 1 mm or 5% of the material thickness
whichever is the lesser).

If the Engineer shall find any section of a weld to be faulty the weld will be
deemed unacceptable and the Contractor will have to replace the weld at
his own cost.

51.8 BOLTS, NUTS AND WASHERS

51.8.1 General

All bolts, screws and nuts shall conform to BS 4190 (metric) and shall be
stainless steel. All washers for bolts to be BS 4320. Each bolt shall be
provided with at least one steel washer which shall be placed under the
nut or the bolt head, whichever element is to be rotated during the
tightening operation.

51.8.2 Assembly of Bolted Joints

When a joint has been assembled, matching holes shall be accurately


located with standard parallel barrel drifts of the appropriate diameter.
Sufficient temporary service bolts shall then be inserted and tightened up
to draw all the connected parts tightly together.

Any bolts used as service bolts shall be discarded and replaced by new
ones in the final tightening up.

Bolts shall be tightened in a staggered pattern from the centre of the joint
outwards, care being taken to ensure that no bolts have been slackened
by the tightening of adjacent bolts, where ever possible the nut shall be
the element to be rotated. Bolts shall be so screwed that the threaded
portion does not bear on the connected thickness.

All black bolt heads and nuts shall be tightened against surfaces normal
to the bolt axes and the washers shall therefore be tapered as necessary to
meet these requirements.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 117
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

All black bolts shall be tightened securely in the finished work and the
length of each bolt shall be such that after tightening, at least two threads
project beyond the outer face of the nut.

51.8.3 Bolting of Hollow Steel Members

A transverse sleeve shall be inserted where a bolt passes through hollow


sections or grommets shall be used under heads and nuts to prevent the
access of moisture to the interior of the tube.

51.9 SHOP ASSEMBLY

51.9.1 General

All structural steelwork shall be completely shop assembled, unless


otherwise marked on the drawings or instructed by the Engineer in
consideration of traffic needs. In such cases, site assembly will be
permitted and the Contractor shall prepare in the workshop all holes,
bolts, etc., required for the assembly on Site. All CHAPTERs subject to Site
assembly shall be marked and match marked in black paint, and shall be
trial assembled at the shop before shipment.

51.9.2 Inspection After Shop Assembly

Unless otherwise agreed the Engineer will inspect the parts after
assembly, but before final connection, and will accept them if found
satisfactory and conforming to the requirements of the Specification and
Drawings. Unless authorized otherwise by the Engineer, the Contractor
shall not connect the parts together until the receipt of the Engineer‟s
approval.

51.10 HANDLING OF STEELWORK

The structural steelwork shall be transported to site, handled, stored and


erected, so that it is not subjected to stresses in excess of those for which
it was designed and is not damaged in any way.

Any members, which in the opinion of the Engineer have been damaged or
overstressed, shall be removed from the Site and replaced at no cost to the
Employer.

51.11 ERECTION

5.11.1 General

All structural steel work shall be erected and installed to the exact lines
and positions shown on the drawings or determined by the Engineer and
shall be well anchored to the concrete structures.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 118
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

After the Contractor has presented the design of structural steel work for
the Engineer‟s inspection and obtained his approval, he shall transport
them to the Site and set them in the required positions. Embedding of the
steel parts into the structures or buildings shall be to the requirements of
Chapter 31 of the Specification. Setting into position shall be exact and
correct in accordance with the best of the structure in position and their
adjustment shall be first checked by water level and plumb line and the
final setting shall be checked by surveyor‟s level.
Bedding of the steel truss shoes or bearing plates shall not be carried out
until the steelwork has been finally levelled, plumbed and connected
together, the trusses being supported meanwhile by steel wedges.
Immediately before filling, the space under the steel shoes shall be
thoroughly cleaned and bedding shall be carried out with cement mortar.

Unless installation by grouting-in anchor bolts or use of expansion


anchors in previously prepared recesses is approved, anchor bolts and
metal parts to be embedded in concrete shall be placed in position before
casting of concrete and shall be firmly and accurately held in position
while the concrete is being placed.

51.11.2 Equipment

The cranes, derricks, scaffolds, temporary supports, and temporary


connections used in the erection of the structural elements shall be such
as will ensure the stability of the structure and safety of persons and
prevent any damage, distortion, dislocation and undesirable stresses being
caused to the structural elements. Temporary supports and connections
have been made and approved by the Engineer, but such approval shall
not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for the correct erection,
stability and safety of the structure.

51.12 LOADING OF STRUCTURES

The Contractor shall not at time load any structure or any excess of the
deigned working load. No loads shall be placed on any partss of the
structure without the prior approval of the Engineer.

51.13 METALWORK BEDDED IN CONCRETE AND BLOCKWORK

Wherever metalwork is prescribed to be bedded in concrete or blockwork


the greatest possible care shall be taken to protect the surface of such
metalwork from oxidation and to this end additional mortar shall be
rammed or caulked beneath the metalwork with great care, and shall be
similarly brought up the sides. The extra work and materials involved
shall be held to be included in the rates for supply and fixing of
metalwork.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 119
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

SECTION 52 CORROSION PROTECTION


52.1 SCOPE

This Chapter deals with the corrosion protection of steel and ironwork
fabricated and supplied under this Contract.

Stainless steel and other non-ferrous surfaces shall not be painted.


Galvanized surfaces need not be painted unless specifically so required.

52.2 STANDARDS

All protective coating work shall be conducted generally in accordance


with British Standard Specification BS 5493 “Code of Practice for
Protective Coating of Iron and Steel Structures Against Corrosion”.

Surface preparation for painting shall be to British Standard BS 7079


“Surface Finish of Blast – Cleaned Steel for Painting” or equivalent
Swedish Standard SIS 05 5900 or the Standards of the Steel Structures
Painting Council (SSPC) of the USA.

Galvanizing shall be carried out in accordance with BS 729 “ Hot Dip


Galvanized Coatings on Iron and Steel Articles”.

52.3 EQUIPMENT

All brushes, rollers, spray and blast equipment, etc., shall be of first class
quality and maintained in good order.

Air for blasting and spraying shall be available in sufficient quantity at


adequate pressure at the point of use. It shall be substantially free from
water and oil. Filters and traps to collect water and oil shall be regularly
cleaned and/or emptied.

Grit for cleaning shall be free from undesirable contaminants. It shall be of


a suitable size as indicated in BS 7079 and, when re-circulated, shall be
maintained at a suitable size range.

52.4 PAINT SUPPLIERS AND DELIVERY

All paints are to be obtained from a manufacturer or manufacturer


approved by the Engineer in writing, and shall to be of qualities that have
proved successful in similar conditions of application.

Unless otherwise agreed by the Engineer, all paints used for any one
painting system shall be obtained from the same source.

Before any orders are placed, samples of paint are to be submitted to the
Engineer and if he so requires, test plates shall be coated with the paints
submitted and placed in conditions similar to those where it is proposed to
use the paints. No paints other than those approved by the Engineer shall

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 120
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

be used. Paint shall be supplied in sealed containers of not more than 5


litres capacity and shall be used in strict rotation.
Unless otherwise agreed by the Engineer, samples of paint of not less than
2 litres capacity shall be submitted for testing to the Engineer or the
testing authority nominated by him.

52.5 PAINT STORAGE

Paint shall be stored in sealed containers in a lock-up store where it is not


exposed to extreme temperature, direct sunlight or moisture. Any special
storage conditions recommended by the manufacturer shall be observed.

Paint which has not been used within the „shelf life‟ period specified on the
containers or within 18 months of the date of manufacture, whichever
period expires first, shall be replaced.

At the end of each working period, paints with a limited „pot life‟ shall be
discarded. Other types of paint from painters' kettles shall be returned to
store and kept in sealed containers with not more than 10% usage. Before
it is re-issued for use the paint shall be thoroughly mixed and no fresh
paint or thinners shall be added.

52.6 PERSONNEL AND SAFETY

All personnel engaged in painting work shall be experienced and skilled


and adequately supervised by the Contractor.

52.7 SURFACE PREPARATION

52.7.1 Blast Cleaning

Unless otherwise specified all steelwork is to be blast cleaned prior to


painting or applying a protective coating. All sections are to be free from
burrs, fins at cut edges, weld spatter, oil, grease, crayon marks and other
contaminants before grit or shot blasting. The surface shall be blast
cleansed to BS 4232 “Second Quality” or Swedish Standard SIS 05 5900,
SA 2.5 or SSPC or SP-10 (“Near-white”). The blast cleaning abrasive shall
be grit of a size that gives the blast profile required by the paint
manufacturer except that the maximum profile height of the blast cleaned
surface may vary between 25 and 50 microns.

Laminations, and other steel surface defects, revealed by blast cleaning,


shall be dressed and the area shall be reblasted.

All dust, grit, shot, etc., shall be removed just prior to painting.

Steelwork which cannot by reason of its shape or profile readily be shot


blasted may be pickled and hot dipped galvanized and painted where
approved by the Engineer.

52.7.2 Inspection of Prepared Surfaces

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 121
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Unless otherwise agreed to by the Engineer no protective coatings shall be


applied to the prepared steelwork before the surface has passed by the
Engineer or his representative who shall be kept fully informed concerning
the program and procedures to be adopted. Adequate time shall be allowed
for inspection within the agreed program.

52.8 PAINT APPLICATION

The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a representative sample,


including the manufacturer‟s data sheets, of the application procedures
for the primers and paints he proposes to use. These shall be subject to
the Engineer‟s approval and shall not afterwards be varied without the
Engineer‟s written agreement.

Where called for by the Engineer, the Contractor shall carry out paint
application procedure trials, either at the fabricator‟s works or at site as
appropriate, with the equipment and labour to be used in the Works. The
Contractor shall supply suitable steel and sufficient primer and paints for
the trials and must demonstrate his ability to apply each coat of paint of a
designated paint system in accordance with the Specification and the
paint manufacturer‟s data sheet. No painting of steelwork will be permitted
until the procedure trials have been completed to the satisfaction of the
Engineer or his representative. Any adjustment to the paint formulation
shown to be required by the trials, other than an increase in the amount
of thinners, shall be subject to approval by the Engineer and shall be
made at the paint manufacturer‟s work before the final stage of a paint
procedure trial and before delivery of the first batch of paint.

All requirements of the paint manufacturer‟s data sheets shall be complied


with. Paint shall be supplied from the Contractor‟s paint store to the
painters ready for application, the only adjustment of formulation being as
provided for in the preceding paragraph. Any addition of thinners must be
made only as allowed under the manufacturer‟s data sheet and approved
by the Engineer.

The method of applying the paint shall be determined during the paint
application procedure trials. Any alteration in the method of application
shall be subject to the prior approval of the Engineer. The following shall
be adhered to during the painting application:

a The primer or first coat is to be applied before the surface has time to
re-rust and in any case within 6 hours of indoor blast cleaning and 2
hours for outdoors, but never in a moist atmosphere.
b At least one coat of primer shall be applied in the shop where the
steel fabrication is done. This primer shall be compatible with the
shipping conditions to and recoating conditions on the Sites.
c The manufacturer‟s instructions regarding intercoat intervals shall be
strictly observed.
d Edges and welds shall be given extra stripe coats to ensure full
coating thickness.
e Successive coat shall have different shades for identification.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 122
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

f Site painting is to be carried out in such a manner as to prevent any


contamination of the steel or paint surfaces by dirt, salt or other
injurious substances. Piant shall not be applied in rain, fog or
extreme temperature or excessive humidity. Whenever possible or if
required due to weather conditions the painting shall be carried out
under cover.

52.9 PAINT SCHEDULE

52.9.1 General

This Clause specifies the coatings to be applied to the structural steel and
metalworks. The type of coating required for the various structures and
metalwork is specified in detail in the following Sub-Clauses.

Alternative paint products and/or systems to those specified may be


submitted by the Contractor providing the system or paint proposed is
equivalent to or better than that specified.

The use of alternatives shall generally be subject to the conditions


mentioned in Clauses 17 and 21 of BS 5493.

52.9.2 Bitumastic Coating

Paint metalwork including pipes, valves, ladders, platforms, etc., which are
concealed from view below floor level, below water, or which are buried,
shall be thoroughly cleaned and touched up, and then shall be given two
coats of cold-applied paint based on plasticised coaltar pitch and
Bitumastic No. 50- made by Wales Dove of Great Britain or Koppers of
USA, or approved equivalent.

The bitumastic paint shall be applied in two coats each of 125-150


microns thickness after surface preparaion by blast-cleaning as specified
in Clause 52.7.

52.9.3 Alkyd Paint System

Metalwork and steelwork such as columns, roof trusses, railings, ladders,


etc. above ground shall be painted as follows:

a Surface preparation- as specified in Clause 52.7.


b Primer – 2 coats anticorrosive high build zinc chromate semi gloss
primer, thickness of each coat 60-70 microns.
c Finish – 2 coats high quality finish coat based on first class alkyds for
interior and exterior application, thickness of each coat 40-50
microns.

Total nominal thickness of the above system shall be 200 to 240 microns.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 123
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Galvanized surfaces shall be degreased and etched with a wash primer


prior to painting as above. Only one finish coat need be applied.

52.10 STEELWORK ENCASED IN CONCRETE

Where a steel member is only partially embedded in concrete, an alkali


resistant mastic filled chase shall be provided round the surface junction
between steel and concrete.

Sealing and bedding compounds for joints are to be Thiokol polysulphide


non-setting Butyl Rubber, or Alkali resistant mastics.

Unless otherwise described in the Contract, surfaces which will have


concrete cast against them shall be left uncoated and shall be clean and
free from loose rust and scale at the time of concreting.

52.11 HANDLING AND STORAGE OF COATED STEELWORK

The Contractor shall exercise the maximum care in handling and


transporting of coated steelwork so that damage to the coatings may at all
times be avoided. The use of properly designed slings and soft non-
adherent packs is required throughout. All steelwork shall be stored off
the ground after preparation for painting, and in conditions free from
contamination of any kind and from abrasion or other damage. Polythene
wrapped spacers laid between the layers of stacked materials or other
approved methods shall be used to prevent damage to the coating. Where
cover is provided it shall be ventilated.

52.12 REPAIRS TO DAMAGED SURFACES

Areas of paint which have been damaged or areas stripped to permit


welding shall be cleaned to bare metal and the edges of the undamaged
paint feathered with sandpaper.

The full specified painting system shall then be reapplied and the new
paint shall overlap the existing paintwork by at least 50 mm or where this
is not possible to a standard acceptable to the Engineer.

The above also applied to the bitumastic lining and coating of the steel
pipes, the material used for the corrosion protection conforming to that
already on the pipe and to the relevant requirements of B.S. 5493.

Repairs to epoxy systems shall be performed strictly according to the


Manufacturer‟s instructions.

52.13 INSPECTION

All stages of the work shall be inspected and recorded during performance
both in the shop and on the site. The Engineer shall inspect the
Contractor‟s records and carry out his own testing to confirm the
Contractor‟s records. The Contractor shall have no claims for work
rejected by the Engineer.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 124
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

CHAPTER 6 PIPELINES
SECTION 60 GENERAL PROVISIONS
60.1 SCOPE OF WORKS

The pipe works comprise the laying, complete in all respects, of Collector
Pressure Main Pipes in the well fields and Transmission pipelines from
new or existing service reservoirs. The pipelines are either rising or gravity
Mains and will be constructed primarily of Ductile Cast Iron (DCI or DI) or
Ferrous equivalent with steel pipes uPVC ,HDP or being employed for
special situations such as river, road and rail crossings, etc.

In general the pipelaying shall conform to BS 8010.

60.2 SUPPLY OF PIPES AND ACCESSORIES

See section 61 of the specification hereof for the supply of pipes and
accessories for the pipelines to be laid in this Contract.

60.3 PERFORMANCE OF WORKS

Not withstanding the provisions of Clause 11.9 of the Specification the


Contractor shall not commence Work in any of the sites until the
alignment of pipelines in the said site has been finally established and
approved the Engineer in writing.

60.4 SETTING OUT OF PIPELINES


Further to Clause 11.18 of the Specification, the Contractor shall do all
surveying measurement and marking necessary for the final setting-out of
the lines, including preservation of benchmarks.

Setting-out shall consist of marking all bends and other characteristic


points on the line and on straight portions by stakes driven into the
ground every 50 m and shall be sufficient to permit the detailed design of
the line and the preparation of as-made drawings.

60.5 CONTRACTOR’S DRAWINGS

On the basis of the survey and measuring work as per Clauses 11.18 and
11.9 and when instructed by the Engineer to do so, the Contractor shall
prepare the detailed drawings of the pipelines which shall normally
include layout drawings to the scale of 1:2,000 and longitudinal sections
to the scale of 1:2,000, 1:200.

The drawings shall show all benchmark and survey points and all
Characteristic features on the lines and along the alignments, such as
bends, valves and other accessories, road, bridges, culverts, buildings,
power and telephone lines and poles etc.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 125
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

All drawings submitted by the Contractor shall be numbered consecutively


and each drawing shall be dated and its title shall contain, in a form to be
approved by the Engineer, the Contract number and project title, and
descriptive name of the structure shown on the Drawings and its location
relative to the whole of the works.

SECTION 61 SUPPLY OF MATERIALS


61.1 GENERAL

Pipes and accessories for the Transmission Mains and Collector lines will
be supplied by the same contractor who will purchase them under
Contract 1, Supply of Pipes and Fittings and civil works construction. This
will include all pipes and accessories necessary for pipelines and
reservoirs.

61.2 SUPPLY OF MATERIALS BY EMPLOYER

The Employer is not responsible for the supply of pipes and fittings as the
contract includes supply of pipe and fittings and the civil work
construction. Therefore, the following provisions shall not be applied:

a The Contractor will be given a copy of Contract 1 and shall make


himself thoroughly familiar with its terms.
b Within 30 days of the signing of the Contract, the Employer will
supply the Contractor with a work schedule for each lot ( hereinafter
in this Clause referred to as materials). The Contractor‟s attention is
drawn to the fact that the supply is spread over a period as shown in
the said time schedule, and that the scheduled delivery dates are
approximate and may vary. The Contractor shall not be entitled to
claim for damages, loss of profit, or otherwise, or extension of time,
on account of non-compliance with the dates of delivery, providing
that the materials will be furnished by the Employer within the
overall period stated in the said time schedule.
c The Contractor shall within 42 days from the signing of the contract
furnish the Engineer with a written statement regarding the
correctness and sufficiency of quantities of materials as ordered by
the Employer under Contract No. 4. No. claim will be entertained by
the Engineer for delays in work due to shortage of materials not listed
in the aforementioned statement.
d If the delivery of any materials to be furnished by the Employer shall
be delayed by strikes, acts of God, or other causes beyond the control
and without fault or negligence of the Employer, the Contractor shall
have no claim against the Employer for such delays in delivery, but
shall be entitled to an extension of time such as the Engineer shall
certify in writing to be just.
e All materials furnished by the Employer will be handed over by the
Employer to the Contractor at Employer‟s stores in Addis Ababa and
the Contractor shall take delivery of these materials at such stores.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 126
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

The Contractor shall be responsible for the prompt taking delivery


and removal of materials furnished by the Employer from the said
strores.
f Cranage facilities, men for loading materials and transport vehicles
shall be furnished by the Contractor. The contractor will be required
to have ready men, equipment and vehicles in a sufficient number for
the reception and taking delivery of materials supplied by the
Employer whenever a shipment of materials has arrived at the
Employer‟s stores. The contracotr shall make all arrangements
therefore with effect from the first date of materials ready to be
delivered to him as notified by the Engineer. Any expenses incurred
by the Employer due to failure of the Contractor to take delivery of
materials as aforesaid, at the times and places presecribed by the
Engineer, shall be borne by the Contractor and debited to his
account.
The cost of all plant, operation and haulage required from the
Employer‟s stores to their places of storage, laying or fixing, including
any unloading into storage, and any subsequent reloading for
haulage to the place of laying, shall be included in the lump sum
price in the Bill of Quantities for taking over the pipes and
accessories provided by the Employer.
g The Contractor shall check against the Delivery Notes all materials
delivered to him and within 24 hours after receiving any materials
furnished by the Employer at his stores and shall notify the Engineer
in writing of any non-compliance of materials received with the said
Delivery Notes, and also of any materials rejected by him and the
cause of the rejection.
h The Contractor‟s responsibility for materials furnished by the
Employer shall be upon the Contractor‟s acceptance at the point of
delivery to him. All such materials shall be examined, and materials
defective in manufacture or damaged (or both) shall be rejected by the
Contractor at the time and place of delivery to him. All materials
found to be defective or damaged at this time will be replaced by the
Employer at no cost to the Contractor. Materials furnished by the
Employer and accepted by the Contractor, but found to be defective
prior to the expiration of the period of Maintenance shall:
(1) if defective in manufacture, be replaced by the Employer,
(2) if damaged before or after acceptance by the Contractor, be
replaced by the Contractor. Once accepted by the Contractor at
the point of delivery to him, all damaged materials discovered
prior to the expiration of the period of Maintenance shall be
removed by the Contractor, and he shall install, at his own
expense, the replacement material in their stead. In that event,
the Contractor shall furnish all labour, equipment, and
material incidential to replacement and necessary for the
completion of the works to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
i The Contractor shall be responsible for the safe and satisfactory
stroage of all materials furnished by him or furnsihed by the
Employer and accepted by him until they have been incorporated in
the completed works and finally accepted by the Engineer. Any

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 127
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

materials lost or stolen or that otherwise disappear from the Site shall
be replaced by the Contractor at his own expense
j Where dmaged to any materials furnished by the Employer is
discovered on inspection by the Contractor, the Engineer may
instruct the Contractor to carry out such repairs as are possible on a
day- work basis, or he will give instructions for the disposal of
materials not repairable.

61.3 MATERIAL FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR

a The contractor shall furnish all building and other materials, supplies
and manufactured articles necessary for the construction of the
Works in accordance with the Specification and Drawings. The said
materials shall include, but not limited to, the following:
 All materials for concrete, grout, blockwork mortar and similar
products,
 Paint, whitewash, sealing compounds, painting repair material
including primer, etc.
 Steel reinforcement.
 All forms materials and appurtenances.
 All materials required for street and roadway resurfacing, and
other road restoration, restoration and/or correction to existing
pipes, reconstruction of drains and sewers, etc.
 All materials including water, required for testing, flushing and
chlorinating of pipelines.

b All materials used for permanent installation in the Works shall be


new and shall conform to the respective clauses of the Specifications
and if not specified they shall conform to good standards of
construction practice, as determined by the Enigneer.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 128
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

SECTION 62 EARTHWORKS FOR PIPELINES

62.1 GENERAL

Earthworks under this Chapter includes trench excavation and backfill


where pipes are placed below ground and excavation and backfill for
structures such as valve chambers, concrete blocks, pipe supports, etc.,
all in accordance with Division 2 of this Specification.

62.2 CLASSIFICATION OF ROCK EXCAVATION

Further to Clause 22.1, boulders or detached pieces of sound rock of more


than 0.2 cu.m in volume, in open excavation, or more than 0.1 cu.m in
narrow trench excavation, shall also be classified as rock excavation. The
total quantity of rock excavation shown in the bill of quantities is
estimation.

62.3 EXCAVATION FOR PIPE TRENCHES

62.3.1 General

Pipe trenches shall be excavated to the lines and levels shown on the
Drawings, or as directed by the Engineer. Strong sight rails shall be fixed
and maintained at each change of gradient, and at as many intermediate
points as may be necessary. On the rails shall be marked the centre line
and the level to which the pipe is to be laid, such rails being not more than
35 m.

Except as otherwise provided herein, excavation for pipelines shall be in


open-cut trenches with vertical sides, unless otherwise directed by the
Engineer and shall be carried out only so far in advance of pipe laying in
one continuous reach as specified in Clause 62.4.

At points where pipes are to be welded in the trench, the trench shall be
enlarged sufficiently to permit such welding to be performed.

62.3.2 Trench Width

The trench width at the ground surface may vary depending upon, its
depth and the nature of the ground encountered. For all diameters, the
clear width of unsheeted trench, measured at the horizontal diameter of
the pipe, shall provide a minimum clearance of 250 mm on each side of
pipe. Where tamping of side fill on pipe is required under the Specification,
a minimum clearance of 300 mm on each side of the pipe shall be
provided.

The maximum clear width of trench at the top of the pipe shall not be more
than outside diameter of the barrel of the pipe plus 750 mm.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 129
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Greater width of trench will be permitted only on written approval by the


Engineer, in accordance with the requirements hereinafter.

Trenches with vertical sides are shown on the Drawings, but where
approved by the Engineer in writing the Contractor may excavate trenches
having vertical sides below and sloping sides above the top of the pipe;
provided that any additional right of way required therefore shall be
procured by the Contractor at his sole cost and expense, and all liability
and costs on account of damage to property and improvements in
connection with said sloping shall be assumed by the Contractor; and
provided further that no payment will be made for excavation payment
lines established as specified in the Preamble of the Bill of Quantities.

In general, permission to slope the trench sides as herein stipulated will be


granted only where the excavation is in areas other than the travelled
portions of streets and highways, and in no event shall such permission
operate to waive any other requirement set forth herein. The said
permission will be granted only upon written application of the Contractor,
specifically agreeing to all the terms hereof.

Where pipes are laid on curves of large radius, the trench shall, without
extra charge, be widened so as to ensure that no pipe shall be nearer to
the side of the trench than the clearance required under the Specification.

62.3.3 Trench Bottom

The trench shall be excavated to the necessary depth to meet the


requirements of Sub-Clause 62.3.6 of this Clause. Any depth of the trench
excavated below grade shall be backfilled to grade with thoroughly
compacted material approved by the Engineer, and shall be treated as
excess excavation in accordance with Sub-Clause 62.3.7 below. When an
unstable sub-grade condition is encountered and, in the opinion of the
Engineer, it cannot support the pipe, an additional depth as directed by
the Engineer shall be excavated and refilled to pipe foundation grade with
approved suitable material to achieve a satisfactory trench bottom as
specified in Sub-Clause 62.3.6 below.

62.3.4 Rock Excavation and Blasting

Ledge rocks, boulders, and large stones shall be removed to provide


clearance to each side of and below all pipe and accessories as required
under the Specification and shown on the Drawings. Excavations in rock
or in boulders (as defined in Chapter 22) below sub-grade so required or
shown shall be refilled to sub-grade with materials approved by the
Engineer, and thoroughly compacted, and shall be treated as excess
excavation in accordance with Sub-Clause 62.3.7 below. Blasting for
excavation will be permitted only after the approval of the Engineer has
been obtained in writing and only when proper precautions have been
taken for the protection of persons and property. The hours of blasting
shall be fixed by the Engineer. Any damage caused by blasting shall be
repaired by the Contractor at his expense. The Contractor‟s procedures
and methods of blasting shall conform to local laws and regulations.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 130
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

The Engineer shall have power to regulate, restrict or prohibit blasting if in


his opinion it is necessary to do so for the safety of persons or property, or
to safeguard the bottoms or sides of the excavations and the Contractor
shall have no claim against the Employer in respect of such regulation or
prohibition.

The greatest care shall be taken in the use of explosives, the charges being
so placed and of such amount as in no way to shake or loosen the
permanent bottoms or sides of excavations. Special care shall be taken as
the excavation bottom is approached, and a thickness of not less than 750
mm above the excavation bottom shall be completed with small charges in
holes not exceeding 600 mm in depth.

The Contractor shall provide a special proper store for explosives in


accordance with local regulations and the Engineer‟s requirements. The
Contractor shall provide experienced men for handling and the authorities
concerned. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent
loss, injury or accident to persons or property or work completed or under
construction, and shall be entirely liable for any accident or damage that
may result from the use of explosives.

62.3.5 Excavation Methods

The use of trench-digging machinery will be permitted except where its


operation will cause damage to trees, buildings, or existing structures
above or below the ground. At such locations hand methods shall be
employed to avoid such damage.

Machinery, trucks, etc. will only be permitted to move on the temporary


access road and only in a longitudinal direction the equipment may only
leave the said road at places which are especially provided for.

Wherever necessary to prevent caving, trench excavations in soil such as


sand, gravel, and sandy soil shall be adequately sheeted and braced.
Where Sheetings and bracings are used, the net trench width after
sheeting shall not be less than that specified in Sub-Clause 62.3.2 above.
As backfill is placed and if sheeting is to be withdrawn, it shall be
withdrawn in increments of not more than 300 mm and the void left by the
withdrawn sheeting shall be filled and compacted. If despite such
precautions, or by reason of their neglect, any portions of the bottoms,
sides or ends shall given way or be excavated without instructions from the
Engineer, the Contractor shall excavate and remove all the ground.
Thereby the contractor make the disturbed good, with well-rammed fill or
in such class of concrete as may be ordered by the Engineer. Such extra
excavations shall be treated as excess excavation in accordance with Sub-
Clause 62.3.7 below.

All excavated material shall be piled in a manner that will not endanger the
work or cause an obstruction.

62.3.6 Preparation of Trench Bottom:

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 131
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

As directed by the Engineer, the pipe shall be laid directly on the trench
bottom or on earth mounds as specified below:

Pipe laid on trench bottom:

This applies to pipes with any type of coupling or push-in joint. Pipes shall
be laid directly on a trench bottom containing coupling or socket holes
and shaped to provide continuous contact with the pipe between coupling
or socket holes.

The bottom portion of the trench shall be excavated and trimmed so that
the pipe will be uniformly bedded on the required grade. Normal bedding
according to the typical excavation sections shown on the Drawings,
without concrete surround, shall be used unless otherwise called for
elsewhere on the Drawings or directed by the Engineer. For said normal
bedding the trench bottom shall be given a final trim and shape so that
each pipe section when first laid will be continuously in contact with the
ground along the length of the pipe section. Any stones or flints likely to
damage the pipe or its coating shall be picked out of the pipe bed, and any
holes so formed shall be filled in with approved compacted soft material,
and trimmed to the correct level. Wherever said normal bedding is
required and, due to over-excavating, inaccurate trimming, or other cause,
the bottom of the trench fails to afford uniform support as herein required,
the Contractor shall, at his own cost refill to the required grade with
approved suitable material compacted at optimum water content and
retrim the trench bottom to the required section and grade. If so
instructed by the Engineer, shall make good the bottom of the trench with
such class of concrete as directed by the Engineer.

The following procedure shall be adhered to before the pipe is lowered into
the trench:

1) A coupling or socket hole shall be dug with sufficient length, width,


and depth to permit assembly and provide a minimum clearance of
50 mm between coupling or socket and undisturbed trench bottom;
2) The trench bottom between coupling or socket holes shall be made
flat and cut true and even to grade so as to provide continuous
contact of the trench bottom with the pipe as specified herein above;
3) One or more holes shall be excavated at the approximate location to
permit removal of the sling or slings without damage to the pipe
coating.

62.3.7 Excess Excavation

Excess excavation is defined as excavation done by the Contractor beyond


the lines shown on the Drawings, specified in the Specification or ordered
by the Engineer.

The Contractor shall backfill any excess excavation with compacted


material approved by the Engineer, or in such class of concrete as may be
ordered by the Engineer.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 132
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

No payment will be made for excess excavation nor for its backfilling as
specified.

62.4 LIMITATION IN LENGTH OF OPEN TRENCH

The following limitations for lengths of open trenches shall rule for a
pipeline laid in one continuous reach unless otherwise directed by the
Engineer, and subject to any more stringent requirements imposed by the
competent authorities:

a Not more than 100 m of trench in built-up areas and/or 300 m


elsewhere, shall be opened in advance of pipe laying.
b Not more than 300 m of pipeline shall be left uncovered after pipe
laying in built-up areas and not more than 600 m elsewhere.

If these lengths of open trench are exceeded or if, in the opinion of the
Engineer, there is undue delay in:
a testing the pipeline;
b removing surplus material ;
c general tidying-up of areas where pipes have been laid;
d Material restoration or maintenance of surface;
The Engineer may order that no further trenches shall opened until the
outstanding work has been carried out to his satisfaction, and the
Contractor shall have no grounds for claims against the employer on this
account.

62.5 COVER OF PIPES

62.5.1 Minimum Cover

All pipes shall have a minimum cover, measured from the top of the pipe
to the ground surface as follows:

 0.8m for pipes up to DN400mm and 1.0m for pipes above DN400mm,
laid under open areas;
 1.0m where pipes of any diameter up to DN300mm are laid under
roads or road verges and 1.2m for all pipes equals or more than
DN350mm diameter and above, irrespective of location.

Where the minimum cover specified is not provided, the pipes shall be
surrounded with 20-F-20 concrete, 150 mm thick.

62.5.2 Maximum Cover

Where the cover, as measured form the top of the pipe to the ground
surface, exceeds the maximum permissible depth, the pipe shall be
surrounded in 20-F-20 concrete, 150 mm thick.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 133
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

62.6 BEDDING CONDITIONS OF PIPES

Bedding for the pipes shall be either normal bedding or sand bedding as
directed by the Engineer as follows:

a Normal Bedding:
For normal bedding of pipes, the bottom of the trench shall be
prepared in accordance with the requirements of Sub-Clause 62.3.6.

b Soft Bedding:
Where the bottom of the excavation is in rock, or other material
which in the judgement of the Engineer, by reason of its hardness
cannot be excavated to provide a uniform bearing for the pipe, the
said material shall be removed to a minimum of 100 mm below the
grade of the underside of the pipe and joints. The trench shall be
backfilled to such grade with suitable non-expansive soft materials
selected from the excavated material or imported material from other
excavations or with sand or red ash. Maximum grain size of sand
bedding is 4 mm.

c Great care shall be taken that the soft bedding material is wetted as
necessary and well compacted to the satisfaction of the Engineer
before laying the pipes. The cost of providing, backfilling, spreading,
wetting and compacting selected material as above will be paid for at
the appropriate rate inserted in the Bill of Quantities.

62.7 DISPOSAL OF EXCAVATED MATERIAL

All suitable materials removed in excavation or as much thereof as may be


needed, shall be used for backfill. Material removed from trenches shall be
placed alongside the trench at a sufficient distance from the trench to
prevent it from falling into the trench, or its weight causing the trench
sides to cave in. Where necessary, selected material required for backfill
and topsoil and/or sod for later replacement shall be stored separately. In
urban areas, where no storage space is available for excavated material
along the trench, or where the authorities so require, the excavated
material shall be removed immediately from the right-of-way, and backfill
material shall be brought to the site immediately before backfilling of
trench. Rock and waste material not suitable or not required for backfill
shall be mounded or spread along the trench and/or along the right-of-
way, except that where such mounding or spreading is prohibited by the
authorities or by the owners of property or otherwise undesirable in the
Engineer‟s opinion, such materials shall be removed and disposed of in a
manner approved by the Engineer.

62.8 BACKFILLING OF PIPE TRENCHES


62.8.1 General

All excavations shall be backfilled to the level of the original ground


surfaces, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or ordered by the

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 134
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Engineer, and in accordance with the requirements of the Specification.


The material used for backfill, the amount there of, and the manner of
depositing and compacting shall be subject to the approval of the
Engineer. But the Contractor will be held responsible for any displacement
of pipe or other structures, and damage to their surfaces or any instability
of pipes and structures caused by the improper depositing of backfill
materials.

Subject to the procedures outlined below in this Clause, backfilling


operations shall follow the laying of the pipes as closely as possible.

Steel pipes shall not be backfilled until the exterior coating at field joints
has attained sufficient age, as determined by the Engineer. The Contractor
shall take such precaution as may be necessary to prevent injury to the
pipes, joints, or exterior coating during backfilling operations. The
positions of all joints shall be clearly marked upon completion of the
backfilling.

Pipe surrounds and structures of concrete shall be backfilled as soon as


the concrete has attained sufficient strength, as determined by the
Engineer, to sustain the load imposed.

62.8.2 Backfilling before Tests:

Backfilling before tests shall be done as follows:


a Selected backfill material approved by the Engineer, free from organic
matter, rock, lumps of clay, large stones, boulders, or other
unsuitable substances, shall be deposited in the trench uniformly on
both sides of the pipeline for the full width of the trench. This backfill
material shall be sufficiently damp to permit thorough compaction
under and on each side of the pipe to provide support free from voids.
It shall be placed in layers not exceeding 10 cm thickness after
compaction and brought up to the horizontal diameter of the pipe.

Where the pipes are laid under roads the backfill shall be compacted
as required in Sub-Clause 62.8.3 below for such cases.
b If visual inspection during the test is not required in accordance with
Sub-Clause 62.8.4 below, the pipe and joints shall be backfilled as
specified above and a cushion of approved material shall be placed
over pipeline and joints in accordance with the following
requirements:
For PVC Pipes: The cushion shall be hand placed over the
pipeline and joints to an average depth of
300 mm for all sizes of pipes.

For Steel and D.I. pipes: The cushion shall be placed to a grade of
not less than 150 mm above the top of
pipeline for all sizes of pipes.
c If joints are to be exposed during the test, the pipes and joints shall
be backfilled up to the horizontal pipe diameter as above and
additional approved backfill material shall then be placed between
joints in order to hold the line securely during the test. The average

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 135
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

depth of such additional backfill shall be 300 mm over the top of DN


200 mm and smaller pipe and not less than 600 mm over larger pipe.
Backfilling of PVC pipes shall be hand placed.

62.8.3 Backfilling after Tests

On completion of pressure and leakage tests, exposed coupling and other


joints shall be covered with approved selected backfill placed over the top
of the pipe and couplings and joints, in accordance with the requirements
of Sub-Clause 62.8.2, para (b) above. The balance of backfill shall contain
no stones more than 150 mm in their largest dimension and the backfill
mixture shall not contain more than 25 percent of stones. The Contractor
shall not permit excavation to be used for disposal of refuse.

Trenches in the right-of-way of a road shall be backfilled with selected


material placed in layers not exceeding 100 mm in thickness after
compaction, wetting and compacted to a density of not less than 90
percent of the maximum dry density at optimum moisture content as
determined in accordance with BS 1377 Test No. 12 (also knows as
Standard Proctor Density).

Trenches not in a right-of-way may be backfilled without tamping. Any


deficiency in the quantity of material for backfilling the trenches shall be
supplied by the Contractor at his expense. A mound of earth to 10 % of
the trench depth should be left to contain the gradual settlement of
backfill.

The Contractor shall at his own expense make good any settlement of the
trench backfill occurring after backfilling and until the expiry of the period
of Maintenance.

On no account shall any excavated material be dozed back when


backfilling trenches in roads and no such backfilling shall be carried out
unless in the opinion of the Engineer sufficient mechanical rammers are
in operation on that portion of the work.

In no case shall any soft material be used in filling any CHAPTER of any
trench within a road right-of-way.

The Contractor shall taken into account, and include in his rates, for the
effects of the rainy season rainfalls on backfilled trenches and the
maintenance resulting therefore.

62.8.4 Backfilling Joints Before Tests

Normally, joints will be left exposed during testing of pipelines. However,


the Engineer may at any time order the Contractor to proceed with and
complete the backfilling of the trench before testing, where the pipeline is
laid in the right-of-way of a road, in builtup areas and wherever for any
other reason, the pipe trench cannot be left open until after testing. In
such cases, the positions of all joints shall be clearly marked by the

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 136
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Contractor outside of the trench so that they can easily be located for the
purpose or repair when required.

62.8.5 Transported Backfill Material

When length of trenches are excavated especialyly in rock, stony ground or


soft stony material, or in other material unsuitable for backfilling and, in
the opinion of the Engineer, there is insufficient suitable material from the
excavation to supply the backfill material specified above, the Contractor
shall import suitable material from other sourcs of the work, or from
borrow pits and approved by the Engineer.

The cost of transporting backfill materials includes supplying and placing.

62.8.6 Backfilling around Structures

In filling excavation other than pipe trench excavations, after permanent


work have been approved by the Engineer, the best and most suitable
portions of the excavated material shall be used. If the material is to be
consolidated by hand-ramming it shall be deposited in layers not more
than 100 mm thick and each layer shall be thoroughly rammed and
watered if required, one man being employed ramming for each man
filling. Where mechanical rammers are employed the depth of the layers
shall not exceed 150 mm. The backfill material shall be compacted to 95
percent of the Standard Proctor Density as defined above.

62.9 RESTORATION AND CLEAN-UP

The Contractor shall restore or replace all removed or damaged curbing,


sidewalk paving, gutters, shrubbery, fences, sod, and other disturbed
surfaces or structures to a condition equal to that before the work began,
to the satisfaction of the Engineer and as specified in the following
Clauses, and shall furnish all labour and material incidental thereto. In
restoring paved surfaces, new pavement shall be laid. No permanent
surfacing shall be placed within 30 days after the backfilling has been
completed, except by order of the Engineer.

Surplus pipeline material, tools, and temporary structures shall be


removed by the Contractor. All dirt, rubbish, and excess earth from
excavations shall be hauled to an approved dump provided by the
Contractor, and the Site shall be left clean to the satisfaction of the
Engineer.

62.10 SURFACE RESTORATION OTHER THAN OF PUBLIC ROADS AND


FOOTPATHS

The Contractor shall carefully replace all surface material and maintain all
surfaces of private roads, path, fields, gardens, open spaces, etc., and
make good any subsidence and defects to the satisfaction of the owner or
occupier until the end of the period of Maintenance.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 137
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Quitting receipts shall be obtained from the property owners or tenants


and the Defects Liability Certificate provided under Clause 62 (1) of the
Conditions of Contract will not be released until these have been received.

62.11 REINSTATEMENT OF ROADS

62.11.1 General

Where any public road surface is removed or damaged by the Contractor‟s


operations it shall be replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the
appropriate authority responsible for the maintenance of the road. The
materials and methods used for such reinstatement shall be similar to
those used for the original pavement and shall comply with the following
procedures for reinstatement of roads:

a Upon completion of backfilling operations, the Contractor shall carry


out the interim reinstatement of roads as specified in Sub-Clause
62.11.2 below. The period for completion of reinstatement at any
point of a road, computed from the completion day of backfilling until
completion of interim reinstatement, shall not exceed seven days.
b Upon completion of interim reinstatement, the road shall be opened
to traffic for a period of not less than thirty days or a longer period if
ordered by the Engineer, to allow for its consolidation.
c As soon as in the opinion of the Engineer the road has been
satisfactorily consolidated, the Contractor shall carry out the
permanent reinstatement of roads.

Nothing contained herein or shown on the Drawings shall relieve the


Contractor from his obligation in respect of the maintenance of public
roads in accordance with the Clause 12.3 “Access to the Works” of the
General Provisions.

62.11.2 Interim Reinstatement


The edges of the trenches and excavations in road shall be cut back neatly
for a width of 150 mm on either side of the trench and to a depth of 150
mm.

The interim reinstatement of roads shall consist of the top 600mm of the
trench being filled with 350 mm of consolidated sub-base material on top
of which shall be 250 mm of consolidated base material. All supplied and
placed as approved by the Engineer and the requirements of the Addis
Ababa City Roads Authority or other agency having jurisdiction over road
construction.

62.12 REINSTATEMENT OF FOOTPATHS

The edges of the trench excavation shall be cut back neatly to width of 100
mm on either sides of the trench and around excavations and to a depth of
150 mm below the existing surface.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 138
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

The Contractor shall then carry out the reinstatement of the trench
surfaces to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The top 150 mm shall be filled
with selected gravely material which shall be well compacted with a power
compaction equipment or other methods approved by the Engineer and
the level of the reinstated surface made flush with the adjoining surfaces.

62.13 MAINTENANCE OF REINSTATEMENT OF ROADS AND


FOOTPATHS

The surface of the permanent reinstatement shall be finished level with


the adjacent carriageway or footpath and shall be maintained in a safe
condition at all times.

The Contractor shall carry out any necessary maintenance of any trenches
immediately in order to obviate danger to road users. If the Contractor fails
to carry out such maintenance or reinstatement, the necessary repairs will
be carried out immediately by the competent public or other agency and
the cost of the same shall be deducted by the Employer from any sum due
to the Contractor.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 139
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

SECTION 63 PIPELAYING
63.1 HAULING AND HANDLING OF PIPES, VALVES, ETC.

When handling, transporting and laying pipes and accessories, care shall
be taken to prevent cracks and other damage to the pipes and, in the case
of steel pipes, to preserve their circular shape, particularly at the ends.
Special care shall be taken to keep the coating and lining of the pipes
intact.

Pipes shall be handled in such a manner as to avoid damage to the


machined ends. Damaged pipes that cannot be repaired to the Engineer‟s
satisfaction shall be replaced at the Contractor‟s expense.

The vehicles used for transporting the pipes shall be adequately equipped
to prevent movement of pipes and/or damage to pipes or coating. Pipes
shall be well secured to the vehicles to ensure stability of the load. The
vehicles, cables and ropes coming into contact with the pipes shall be well
padded. The unloading shall be done by means of cranes or other suitable
equipment using slings or other approved tackle, in order to ensure slow
and careful lowering of each pipe. Pipes shall not be gripped by hooks or
other equipment liable to injure or distort pipe ends, or cause damage to
the lining.

Pipes must not be dropped on the ground or on other pipes. When lifting
or lowering pipes by means of a crane, each pipe shall be kept under
control when suspended, to prevent its colliding with equipment or other
objects that may injure the pipe or its coating.

Pipes shall not be moved by dragging or rolling them on the ground, but
shall be lifted and placed carefully in their new position. When working on
site all handling equipment shall keep the temporary access road at all
times and always move longitudinally along the said road. The equipment
may only leave the road at places especially provided therefore.

Each off-loaded pipe shall be blocked to prevent it from rolling and shall
not be placed directly on the ground.

In storage, pipes shall be arranged in such manner that the pressure of


pipes placed on each other will not cause deformation or damage to the
pipe and/or coatings. Coated pipes that are likely to be exposed to the
direct rays of the sun, either in storage or when being strung along the
lines, shall receive a lime wash in order to prevent softening and
deterioration of the coating under the influence of the sun‟s heat. The cost
of the lime wash shall be borne by the Contractor.

PVC pipes and fittings shall also be protected from the sun.

Valves and other accessories shall be kept and stored before installation in
a manner approved by the Engineer.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 140
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

63.2 STRINGING OF PIPES ALONG THE LINE

When stringing pipes, they shall be so placed on the ground along the
trench, as not to interfere with the normal progress of work or the passage
of equipment etc.

Stringing shall be done on the side of the trench except where there is
insufficient space available or when such stringing will interfere with the
normal activities in the vicinity. In such cases, the Contractor will be
permitted to stockpile pipes at suitable sites.

Where explosives are used for trench excavation, stringing shall not be
done until after blasting operations have been completed for a sufficient
distance ahead. In such cases, the Contractor shall stockpile pipes at a
safe distance from the site of the blasting.

Each pipe shall be placed beside the trench as near as possible to its final
laying position in order to minimize moving of pipes along the line after
stringing.

Subject to other restrictions that may be imposed by local Authorities or


owners of property concerned, the Contractor shall so regulate the order
and rate of stringing and laying of pipes that no pipes shall be left exposed
to the action of weather for a period exceeding four months. PVC pipes
shall at all time be protected from the sun to the Engineer‟s satisfaction.

The Contractor shall see to it that the pipes do not obstruct or interfere
with normal traffic and with the normal activities of the adjacent
occupiers. In every case, the Contractor shall obtain the consent of the
local authorities or the owners of property concerning the locations and
manner in which pipes are strung along the lines.

63.3 LOWERING OF PIPES AND ACCESSORIES INTO THE TRENCH

Implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be


provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and efficient execution of
the work.

All pipes and accessories shall be carefully lowered into the trench with
suitable equipment in a manner that will prevent damage. Under no
circumstances shall pipes or accessories be dropped or dumped in to the
trench. Pipes shall be rolled in to place for lowering into the trench over
suitable timber planking free from roughness, and carefully controlled by
ropes or other approved tackle. If a crane or a trench digger is used for
handling the pipes and lowering them into the trench, the pipes shall be
slung by approved wide slings passed around the outside at the balancing
points. The Contractor shall inspect the coating on the underside of the
pipe while it is suspended from the sling and shall repair any injury to the
coating before the pipe is lowered into the trench.

Pipes and accessories shall be inspected for defects prior to their being
lowered into the trench. Any defective, damaged, or unsound material

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 141
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

shall be repaired or replaced in accordance with the requirements of the


specification and as directed by the Engineer.

All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the interior and ends of
pipes and accessories before they are lowered in to position in the trench.
Pipes shall be kept clean by means approved by the Engineer during and
after laying.

No metal tools or heavy objects shall be permitted to come in contact with


finished coating. Workmen shall not walk on coated pipes except where
necessary, and, when they do, they shall wear shoes with rubber or
composition soles and heels. Any injury to the protective lining and
coating from any cause during the installation of the pipeline shall be
repaired by the Contractor at his own cost.

63.4 LAYING OF PIPES – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Attention is drawn to the necessity of ensuring the bedding conditions


specified in Chapter 62 of the specification.

The pipes shall be placed in position true to profile and direction of slope
indicated on longitudinal sections on ascending grades from washouts to
air valves. Such grades shall not be less than 1 in 500 and sight rails shall
be set up at all changes of grade where the gradient is less than 1 in 200.

The pipes shall be laid in straight lines in plan where possible, but where
curves or changes in direction are shown on the Drawing or indicated by
local conditions they shall be deflected in accordance with Clause 63.5.

Before pipes are jointed they shall be thoroughly cleaned of all earth
lumps, stones, or any other objects that may have entered the interior of
the pipes.

At the end of each working day and whenever work is interrupted for any
period of time, the free ends of laid pipes shall be protected by suitable
covers, or temporary plugs, against the entry of dirt or other foreign
matter.

When pipelining is not in progress, the open ends of installed pipes shall
be closed by approved means to prevent entrance of trench water into the
line. Whenever water is excluded from the interior of the pipe, enough
backfill shall be placed on the pipe to prevent floating. Any pipe that has
floated shall be removed from the trench and re-laid as directed by the
Engineer.

No pipe shall be laid in wet trench conditions that preclude proper


bedding, or when, in the opinion of the Engineer, the trench conditions or
the weather are unsuitable for proper installation.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 142
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

63.5 CURVES AND BENDS

Where curves of a long radius are required, these shall be obtained by


deflection at the joints; such deflections, however, shall not exceed either
vertically or horizontally the limits recommended by the manufacturers of
the joints.

Where a change of direction cannot be made by deflection at the joints of


ordinary straight pipes, prefabricated bends supplied together with the
pipes shall be used.

63.6 JOINTING OF PIPES

63.6.1 Mechanical Joints

The mechanical joints shall be of the mechanical compression sleeve type


using rubber gaskets such as Viking Johnson (VJ) or Dresser coupling or
equivalent. These could also include Viking Johnson Reducer Couplings
(VJ/RC).

All materials for the making of the joints shall be supplied together with
the couplings. These materials include bitumen for internal and external
protection, bitumastic paint for touching up, whiting for molding boxes,
spanners for tightening up bolts, gauges for setting the gaps between the
pipes, and portable furnaces for melting the bitumen. In addition, molding
boxes and liners for each size of pipe will be provided.

Before jointing, the ends of the pipes to be connected shall be made


square, plane and clean, and in the case of steel pipes the ends shall be
thoroughly wire brushed and re-coated with a quick-drying bituminous
solution so as to produce a smooth coat of uniform thickness.

The mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the


manufacturer‟s instruction care being exercised not to over tighten bolts
and that no hot bitumen will come into contact with PVC pipes. The
Contractor shall perform all required coating and lining works. Couplings
will not be coated where they are encased in concrete.

63.6.2 Welded Joints

(i) Steel pipes


Welded joints between steel pipes shall be made in accordance with B.S.
2971 or other approved standards, and the following additional
requirements:

a Welders, welding arrangements and welding procedures shall be


subject to approval by the Engineer.
b No welding shall be done when adverse weather conditions such as
rain, moist, sand storms or strong winds may affect the quality of the
welds.
c The Engineer will exercise a continuous control of the welding work
and will inspect the quality of the welds. In addition to routine

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 143
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

supervision and visual inspection of the work, the Engineer may, in


case the results of these prove not to be satisfactory, have macro-
etching section tests performed (B.S. 2971, Appendix page 48, or
AWWA C-206 Section 8-9). These tests shall be made by and at the
cost of the Contractor, who shall not be entitled to any additional
payment or compensation, by reason of delay or interference with his
work caused by tests and repairs as required under this sub-clause.
d Repairs to lining and coating shall be carried out in accordance with
the requirements set out in AWWA C-203 and in accordance with the
instructions of the pipe manufacturer.

Materials for repairs of defective lining and coating and for lining and
coating of field welded joints will be supplied together with the pipes.

(ii) Ductile Iron Pipes/Ferrous equivalent

Where instructed to do so by the Engineer the Contractor shall weld


flanges onto DI pipe ends. This will be done in accordance with BS 4772 or
ISO 2531 and will be performed under conditions and in a manner
satisfactory to the Engineer.

No extra payment will be made to the contractor on account of charges for


welding, if ordered by the Engineer.

63.7 FLANGED JOINTS

Where shown on the Drawings, the Contractor shall make flanged joints.
The necessary gaskets, bolts, nuts and washers shall be supplied together
with the flanges in accordance with the specification. Flanges shall be
matched accurately, with the bolt holes straddling centreline. Bolts shall
be tightened by working at one time on diametrically opposite pairs and
proceeding evenly all round. In no case shall excessive tightening be
exerted on any nut or bolt, and the spanner length shall not exceed 30 cm
from the bolt centre to the end of the handle or as directed. Spanners shall
not be lengthened in any manner to increase the purchase. For steel pipe
joints, care shall be taken to ensure that no bare metal is left exposed
internally. Externally, metal pipe flanges, bolts and nut shall be coated
with three coats of approved bituminous paints when laid underground.
Above ground they shall be painted with the epoxy system specified in
Chapter 52 of the Specification.

63.8 JOINTING OF PVC AND DCI/ FERROUS EQUIVALENT PIPES


63.8.1 Spigot and Socket Joints

The sealing rings used for jointing DCI/ Ferrous equivalent Pipes must be
those supplied by the manufacturers of the pipes and must be firmly
locked in position before the spigot end of the pipe is inserted. Where the
sealing component is not supplied locked in position, the ring housing
must be cleaned; any grit removed and the ring inserted correctly in the
housing before assembly.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 144
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

The lubricating compound used for jointing DCI/ Ferrous equivalent pipes
shall be supplied or recommended by the pipe manufacturer and in any
case it must be non-toxic and not harmful to the rubber joint rings.

The joint ring in the socket of the pipe already in place and the spigot of
the new pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned and lubricated and the new pipe
shall be immediately inserted after proper alignment in to the socket so as
to avoid any opportunity to pick up dirt or deleterious materials. To ensure
a pressure-tight seal the spigot shall be pushed fully into the socket, or as
far as the mark made on the spigot by the manufacturer.

63.8.2 Mechanical Joints

Mechanical joints similar to those described in sub-Clause 63.6.1 shall be


used on PVC and DI pipes when required for connection to specials and
fittings and where a need is foreseen to dismantle joints in the future. This
jointing system will also be used for connecting pipes of different outer
diameters.

63.8.3 Glued Joints

uPVC pipes shall be joined by gluing in accordance with the pipe


manufacturers‟ instructions and the following general procedure:
a Ensure that the uPVC pipe ends to be joined by gluing are thoroughly
cleaned, by means of a suitable solvent, making sure that they are
not cracked or chipped.
b Spread the special glue provided by the supplier of the pipes and
accessories under volume 3, on both the inside and on the outside of
the pipe ends.
c Insert the pipe end into the socket as far as it will go or in the case of
the sleeve, up to the special stop rabbit.
63.9 FITTINGS AND SPECIALS

63.9.1 General

Where shown on the Drawings, or as found necessary in the field, or as


directed by the Engineer, various fittings and specials shall be lowered in
to the trench, inspected, cleaned and jointed as specified and shown on
the Drawings. Normally all such fittings and specials shall be of standard
manufacture and supplied with the pipes.

63.9.2 Fabricated Fittings and Specials

Notwithstanding Sub-Clause 63.9.1 the Contractor may be required to


prepare and install prefabricated bends in accordance with Clause 63.5 or
other fittings and specials. Where possible such fittings and specials shall
be fabricated by the Contractor of standard steel pipes by cutting and
welding as specified and approved by the Engineer and shall conform in all
respects to the requirements of BS 534.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 145
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

63.10 CLOSURES AND SHORT SECTIONS

Closure pipes and short sections of pipes shall be installed by the


Contractor as found necessary in the field or as directed by the Engineer.
Where closure pieces are required, the Contractor shall make all necessary
measurements and shall be responsible for their correct size and fit-up.
Closure pieces and short sections shall not be less than 120mm in length.
Where required these sections shall have flanged joints.

63.11 CUTTING OF PIPES

The Contractor shall cut and prepare all short pipe lengths shown on the
Drawings or instructed by the Engineer. Cutting of pipes shall be done by
means of an approved mechanical pipe-cutter. External coating, if any,
shall be neatly removed for 15mm on each side of the proposed cut, and
internal, lining shall be carefully cut and finished flush with the pipe edge
or as directed. Pipe ends intended for connection with mechanical joints
shall be cut clean square and truly perpendicular to the pipe axis, and
shall be trimmed by removing all bends and sharp edges and, if need be,
chamfered. Pipe coatings and linings shall be repaired according to the
manufacturer‟s instructions, using the materials provided by him with the
pipes, all as specified herein. PVC pipe ends shall be rechamfered as
required.

Machines of an approved type and made for cutting and chamfering of


pipes shall be used and maintained in good working order at all times.

All the above works and making good shall be at the Contractor‟s expense.

63.12 PIPE REPAIRS

PVC pipes shall be repaired by cutting off the damaged length.


D.I./Ferrous equivalent and steel pipes that have been dented or distorted
shall, if possible, have their ends re-rounded by an approved method.
Alternately the pipe ends shall be cut off as approved by the Engineer.

Where necessary the pipe lining shall be made good, special care being
taken to cut out any areas where cracks in the lining or lack of adhesion
to the pipe wall appear. Material supplied for completing the lining of steel
pipes shall be used to replace any bitumen lost, and the whole shall be re-
fettled to a smooth finish so that the expanding material will seat closely
to the lining and prevent loss of bitumen on pouring the internal lining at
the joint.

The external coating of pipes shall be made good wherever the thickness of
the coating is seriously reduced by damage or where the coating does not
adhere tightly to the barrel.

Where external coating of pipe has been damaged and the metal has been
exposed, all rust and dirt shall be carefully removed by an approved
method and a coat of bitumastic paint shall be applied before re-fettling.
Small stones which may become embedded in the coating shall be picked

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 146
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

out and the coating re-fettled by heating with a blow-lamp and smoothing
over with a fettling knife, additional external coating bitumen being added
where necessary.

Repairs to pipe coating and linings shall be done with the appropriate
materials provided with the pipes and shall be in accordance with the pipe
manufacturer‟s instructions, Chapter 52 of the Specification, and the
Engineer‟s instructions. All the above repairs, including extra pipe lengths
and joints, shall be at the Contractor‟s expense.

63.13 COMPLETING PROTECTION OF STEEL AND DI/FERROUS


EQUIVALENT PIPES

Upon completion of jointing and testing, the Contractor shall complete the
internal and external protection of steel and DI/ Ferrous equivalent Pipes.
Repairs to coating and lining shall be carried out as per Clause 63.12.

Steel pipes and specials to be laid above ground will be supplied painted
externally with a coal tar epoxy system as specified in Chapter 52 of the
Specification, and repairs there to shall be effected accordingly.

63.14 TESTING PIPELINES

63.14.1 General (Applicable to all Pipelines)

The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a detailed


program for the testing of pipelines, showing the equipment to be used
and the procedure to be followed. No pipeline shall be tested unless the
Engineer has approved the said program in writing.

The tests shall be made on sections of the lengths specified below. Each
section to be tested shall have been completed except for backfilling at
joints, which are to be left open for inspection, unless the Engineer has
ordered completion of backfill before testing in accordance with Sub-
Clause 62.8.2 Care shall be taken that weights and thrust blocks,
intended to prevent vertical and lateral displacement of the pipes or
specials, have been properly secured. The tests shall be carried out not
earlier than 7 days after the blocks have been cast and in any case not
until, in the opinion of the Engineer, they have attained sufficient strength
to withstand any stresses to which they may be subjected. Ends of
sections to be tested, unless permanently secured, shall be provided with
temporary bulkheads strong enough to withstand all axial forces. Prior to
testing, the section to be tested shall gradually be filled with water and all
valves, including air valves, shall be operated and examined to ensure
their proper functioning.

Special care shall be taken that end valves of each section to be tested are
properly closed and valves within such sections are fully opened and free
from all matter likely to impede their operation.

Each section shall be tested, at a pressure of 1½ times the maximum


allowable working pressure of the pipe.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 147
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

When the test section is being filled with water and before the application
of the specified test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the line by
means of air valves or taps at peaks on the line.

The length of sections to be tested at a time shall not exceed 300m in


built-up areas or 600m elsewhere, except as otherwise directed by the
Engineer.

Precautions shall be taken to avoid contamination of the existing pipe


systems as a result of flow reversal. While the new pipes are being filled for
testing, all existing lines supplying water shall remain full and under
pressure. While pipes are being charged, the section to be tested shall be
isolated by suitable manipulation of valves and if necessary by the use of
check valves and blind plates.

The Contractor shall provide the necessary test pumps and pressure
gauges (to record head of water) and shall make such temporary
connections as may be required for filling and testing the line in the
manner herein specified.

After successfully completing the tests on sections of the pipelines and


backfilling has been completed, except at closure joints, the pipeline shall
be tested again at maximum working pressure.

63.14.2 Testing of Steel and DI/Ferrous equivalent pipes

Steel and DI/ Ferrous equivalent pipelines shall be filled and examined
and all leaks repaired. The test pressure shall then be raised to a pressure
of 1½ times the maximum allowable work pressure, pumping discontinued
and the test section observed for 24 hours.

Thereafter pumping shall be resumed and continued until the test


pressure has been restored. The quantity of water pumped to restore the
pressure shall be the measure of leakage from discontinuation of pumping
till its resumption. In pipelines constructed with mechanical or push-in
joints the pipe section shall be considered as having passed the test if the
leakage is not more than 0.1 litre per millimeter of pipe diameter per
kilometer of pipelines per day for each 30m head applied. In the case of
welded pipelines, any test section showing leakage or loss of pressure
during the said period of 24 hours will not be accepted.

63.14.3 Testing of PVC pipes

PVC pipelines shall be filled and examined and all leaks repaired. The test
pressure shall then be raised to a pressure of 1½ times the maximum
allowable work pressure. Pumping discontinued and the test section
observed for at least 1 hour but in any case, the pressure test must not be
applied for more than 24 hours. The permissible leakage shall be the same
as specified in this Clause for steel and DI/Ferrous equivalent pipes.

63.14.4 Re tests

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 148
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Any line not meeting the test requirements under the Sub-Clauses above
shall be repaired and re tested until said requirements are complied with.

63.15 CLEARING OF PIPES

No tools or matter of any kind are to be left in pipes and all apertures shall
be closed by suitable wooden plugs fitting the open ends and entering the
pipe for at least 150mm. These shall be kept in place except when work is
in progress.

63.16 CHLORINATION OF PIPES

63.16.1 General

Before being put into service, all pipes intended to carry potable water
shall be chlorinated by introducing a chlorine solution into the pipes so
that a chlorine residue of not less than 10 ppm remains in the water after
24 hours standing in the pipe.

63.16.2 Flushing

Prior to chlorination, all pipes shall be flushed with clear water flowing at
a velocity of above 1.00m per second, or as agreed with the Engineer.

The Contractor will be required to submit for the Engineer‟s approval the
manner in which he proposes to flush the pipelines laid, in order to ensure
the absence of foreign matter. Chlorination is not to be carried out until
the Engineer has agreed on the flushing method.

The Contractor shall at his own cost take all necessary precautions to
prevent disposal of the flushing water from causing damage to any
property or public utilities and shall keep the Employer indemnified
against any claims on this account.

Flushing of pipes may be required to be carried out at night time,


depending on availability of water and extent of interference involved in
supply of water to consumers; the Contractor must include in his rates for
this night work.

63.16.3 Materials for chlorination

Chlorine shall be applied in one of the following forms: A mixture of water


and a chlorine bearing compound of known chlorine content, such as
calcium hypochlorite (in powder) or chlorinated lime (also called chloride
of lime and commonly known as “bleaching powder”) or liquid sodium
hypochlorite (commercially known as “liquid laundry bleach”).

When one of the chlorine bearing compounds is used, its chlorine content
as certified by the manufacturer shall be ascertained and a 1% chlorine
solution (10,000 ppm) shall be prepared for introduction into the water to

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 149
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

be treated. In the case of powder, this shall be made into a paste and then
thinned to a 1% solution.

Care must be taken to ensure that no local concentration of chlorine


occurs which could damage the pipe linings.

63.16.4 Rate of application

The rate of chlorine mixture flow shall be such, in proportion to the rate of
water entering the pipe, that the chlorine dose applied to the water
entering the pipe will produce at least 10ppm after 24 hours‟ standing.
This may be expected with an initial application of 25ppm although in
some cases local conditions may require more.

The following table 1 shows the approximate amount of chlorine required


for each 100 m of pipe of various sizes to obtain the 25 ppm application.

Table 1: Approximate Amounts of Chlorine per 100 m Pipe to Obtain 25


ppm Cl
Nominal Pipe 100% Chlorine 1% Chlorine Water
Diameter Solution
mm gramme litre
80 12 1.2
100 21 2.1
150 45 4.6
200 82 9.2
250 130 13.2
300 180 18.0
350 260 26.0
400 330 33.0
450 400 40.0
500 530 53.0
550 630 63.0
600 730 73.0

After the pipe or system has been filled with the chlorinated water, it shall
be kept closed for at least 24 hours, after which period the chlorine
content as measured at the extreme end of the pipeline shall not be less
than 10 ppm.

63.16.5 Points of Application

The preferred point of application of the chlorinating agent is at the


beginning of the pipeline or any valved section thereof. In repaired
pipelines or extensions of existing systems the chlorinating agent shall be
injected through a newly laid or repaired pipe. In new system, application
of chlorine may be made at the hydrants, washouts, standpipe, etc. or at

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 150
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

the pumping station, or reservoir. The chlorinating agent may be applied


by chemical feeder including chlorinator, or gravity.

To ensure the proper chlorination of all valves and other appurtenances,


these shall be operated while the pipelines are being filled with the
chlorinating agent.

63.16.6 Preventing Reverse Flow

During the application of chlorine and flushing of pipes, all existing lines
supplying the water for chlorination and flushing shall remain full and
under pressure. Valves shall be manipulated so as to prevent the
treatment dosage and water supplied for flushing from flowing back in to
the supplying lines. Where necessary check valves and blind plates shall
be used.

63.17 Handling and Storage of HDPE Pipe


All pipe store locations should be on suitably firm, level ground, free from
damaging material with adequate access for construction vehicles and/or
lifting equipment.

In all storage sites, careful consideration should be given to the following aspects:
• Security of all materials and equipment from theft, vandalism, accidental
damage or contamination.

• Safety of pedestrians.

• The movement of traffic and construction equipment

When stringing is adopted, pipes should be placed well clear of the excavators
and away from excavated material area. They should be wedged to prevent
accidental movement. Where necessary protective barriers complete with
adequate warning signs and lights should be erected.

63.18 JOINTING BY BUTT FUSION

63.18.1 General

Butt fusion is process of welding HDPE pipes and fittings using an electrically
heated plate. It is suitable for jointing HDPE pipes and fittings of size from
110 : OD and above. However, only pipes and fittings of the same material
type, size and rating shall be butt welded, e.g. PE 100 pipes should not
currently be welded to PE 80 pipes. PN 10 pipe should not be welded to PN
6 pipe or fitting.

63.18.2 Butt Fusion Jointing Equipment

Butt fusion jointing equipment shall be certified in accordance with MS


1058 or ISO 12176-1. Only fully automatic Computerized Numerical
Control (CNC) machines or computerized microprocessor based

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 151
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

machines shall be used. Manual or Semi Automatic CNC machines are


NOT allowed.

a) Chassis and Clamps

The machine shall have a frame containing clamps which are


sufficiently robust to re-round and accurately align the pipes to be
jointed.

The machine shall have a minimum of two rams mounted on the pie
center-line axis. The ram shall move freely and control the
movement of any sliding clamps. All slides shall be kept free from
rust and lubricated at all times.

b) Hydraulic/pneumatic unit

The unit shall be capable of actuating the clamp unit to provide


adequate force and speed of operation. A pressure monitoring
device shall be provided to monitor ram pressure.

(c) Trimming tool

The trimming tool shall be capable of being mounted securely within


the frame of the jointing machine, so that this equipment can
produce accurately matched planed faces.

Trimming blades of the planer shall be sharp and have defect free
cutting edges to provide continuous swarf of uniform thickness.

(d) Heater Plate

The plate shall be electrically heated and shall be provided with a


suitable temperature controller to give a uniform surface
o
temperature of 210 (+10 / –5) C.

The plate surface shall have a permanent coat of anti-stick material.


ADDITIONAL SPRAY-ON RELEASE AGENTS SHALL NOT BE
USED. The surface shall be free from any contaminants.

The plate shall be fitted with an accurate temperature probe or


indicator, accurate to within ± 2 oC in the range of 200o – 240oC. The
temperature on both sides of the circumference shall be measured
using a digital thermometer with an appropriate surface probe.

(e) Control system


The control system shall be designed to carry out the operations as far as
possible automatically at the temperature, time and pressures indicated
as required.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 152
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

In automatic butt-fusion welding machines, the control system shall be


capable of being programmed according to the size and rating of the
pipe and fitting.

(f) Shelter

A shelter shall be used to provide adequate protection for pipe, fittings


and equipment against adverse weather conditions and
contamination.

(g) External and internal bead removal if required

External and internal debeaders shall be capable of removing the cold


bead cleanly in a continuous strip without damage to either joint or
bead after the cooling time.

(h) Generator

The generator shall be selected to suit the butt fusion machine capacity
and heater plate rating. The specification of the generator shall be
supplied by the machine manufacturer

(i) Ancillary equipment

The following equipment shall be made available on site :


(a) Pipe support rollers
(b) Pipe cutters
(c) Digital thermometer with probe
(d) Timer
(e) Indelible Marker pen for marking beads
(f) Bead gauge
(g) Saw and saw guide
(h) Pipe end cover
(i) Spirit level to ensure machine is level
(j) Ground sheets or base boards

(k) Clean clothes to wipe the pipes before trimming

63.18.3 Butt Fusion Jointing Method

(a) Definitions

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 153
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Fusion pressure and cooling pressure : the pressure ( in bar )


required to provide, on a given machine and for a given size and
rating of pipe, an interface stress of 0.15MPa or 0.025MPa as
appropriate. This pressure is a function of the ram dimensions and
the efficiency of the machine.

Butt-fusion welding machine shall capable of being programmed


according to the size and rating of the pipe and /or fitting.

Drag pressure : the minimum pressure ( in bar ) required to


overcome the sliding frictional drag of the pipe and the machine.
This must be assessed accurately prior to making each fusion joint
and must be added to the ram pressure.
This operation is normally carried out automatically when fully
automatic fusion machines are used.

Bead-up pressure : the sum of fusion and drag pressures required


to provide, on a given machine and for a given size and rating of
pipe, an interface stress of 0.15MPa to form the initial bead on the
end of the pipe against the heater plate.

Heat soak pressure : the pressure required to maintain the pipe in


contact with the heater plate. This is normally the drag pressure.

Bead roll over pressure : the pressure required to provided, on a


given machine and for a given size and rating of pipe, an interface
stress of 0.15MPa. This has the same value as the initial bead-up
pressure.

Plate removal time : the maximum time permitted for the opening
of the carriage, removal of the heating plate and closure of the
carriage to bring the two hot pipe ends together.

(b) Preparation

(1) Cleaning the trimming tool

The trimming tool surface shall be visually inspected for grease


and dirt and cleaned where necessary using clean water and
lint-free materials. Particular attention shall be paid to the
blade. Blunt or damaged blade shall be replaced.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 154
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

(2) Cleansing / washing the heater plate

The heater plate shall be thoroughly washed with copious


quantities of clean water at the start of a jointing session. It
shall also be cold when washed.
Only clean, disposable lint-free materials shall be used to clean the
plate.
Grease and oily films may be wipe with a clean, disposable lint-free
cloth or cleaning material dampened by a suitable solvent when
necessary.
(3) Sitting the equipment
The butt jointing machine shall be placed on a suitable level
baseboard inside a shelter.
To aid alignment of pipes into the machine and for easy of
movement, pipes to be jointed shall always be supported on
rollers. Pipe strings should be laid out on a level surface where
possible.
(4) Dummy welds
In order to remove dust from the heater plate, a dummy weld
should be carried out at the start of each continuous jointing
session, or at a change of pipe size.
A dummy weld can be made using pipe cut-offs of the same size
and pressure rating and the pipe to be welded. It is not
necessary to actually make a joint, The procedure can be
stopped after the full heat soak cycle as specified in Tables.

(c) Setting up
Operate the machine to open clamps and position the planer in its
position.
Position pipes in the clamps with ends adjacent to planning tool and
with pipe markings aligned. This will assist in obtaining the best
match in diameter. Pipes should be jointed so that the pipe
markings are uppermost when the pipes are in trench.
Tighten pipe clamps to grip and re-round the pipes.
(d) Trimming
Switch on the trimming tool. The pipe ends shall be moved against the
trimming tool until continuous shavings are produced from each
pipe end.
Keep the trimming tool turning, whilst separating the pipe ends to
avoid steps on the trimmed surfaces. Switch off the planning tool
and remove after it has come to rest.
Remove loose shaving from the machine and inside the pipes. Do not
touch pipe or fitting ends, to prevent contamination of the clean
surfaces.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 155
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Visually check that the pipe or pipe and fitting ends are completely
planed and repeat planning if necessary.
Bring pipe or pipe and fitting ends together and check there is no
visible gap between trimmed surfaces. The maximum permitted
outside diameter mismatch shall not exceed 10% of thickness of
pipe / fitting. If the mismatch is greater than that given above then
the pipe or pipe and fitting shall be realigned and re-planed.

(e) Bead-up

Check that the heater plate has attained the operating temperature.
Insert and secure the heater plate into position in the machine.
Bring the pipe or pipe and fitting ends into contact with the heater
plate using the initial bead-up pressure equivalent to 0.15MPa
interface stress.
The typical initial bead size is given in Tables.

(f) Heat soak

After the initial bead-up, the pressure in the system shall be released so
that the pressure gauge registers between zero and the drag
pressure to control bead growth during heat soak time. Check that
the clamps do no move. The pipe or pipe and fitting ends shall be in
contact with the heater plate.
(g) Plate removal
During removal of the heater plate, no molten polymer should stick to
the heater plate. If it does, then the joint shall be aborted, the plate
cleaned and the surface quality of the plate examined. If the plate
surface is damaged, the manufacturer‟s advice should be obtained
on cleaning and / or replacement.

The maximum plate removal time, including the time to bring the hot
ends together, shall not exceed 10 seconds for pipe not exceeding
630 mm and 15 seconds for pipes exceeding 630mm.

(h) Fusion jointing

Immediately after plate removal the hot pipe and fitting ends shall be
brought together in a smooth manner and the pressure raised in
accordance to the Tables.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 156
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

The fused material should “roll” back in a uniform manner and there
should be no sign of bubbles or contamination present.

The overall width of the bead is not critical and therefore the bead sizes
quoted in Tables are typical only. The uniformity of the bead size
around the circumference of the pipe is important as this indicates
that the equipment is set up correctly, therefore deviations beyond the
limits detailed in Section “Debeading” should be investigated in order
to reduce the variation to within the recommended values.

(i) Cooling

The joint should be allowed to cool in the clamps, whilst maintaining


the joints at the cooling pressure for at least the time given in
Tables for the appropriate pipe.

At the end of the cooling time, the clamps may be released and the
jointed pipe or pipe and fitting removed. No handling of the pipe
shall take place until the surface temperature of the bead is below
50 deg. C as measured by a digital thermometer.

(j) Debeading

All external beads, and internal beads if required, shall be removed after
the cooling time using a suitable debeading tool. The bead removal
tool shall not induce any slits, gouges or defects in the pipe wall.

Butt fusion beads shall be uniform on both sides of the joint i.e. no
wrinkles or discontinuities.

The beads shall be bent back at several positions. No evidence of the bead
splitting shall be seen. If the bead is seen to split at any point then the
joint shall be cut from the pipeline and remade. If a similar defect
recurs, all further production jointing shall cease until the equipment
has been thoroughly cleaned and examined. New trial joints shall be
made and shown to be satisfactory.

(k) Records

Electronic or written records of appropriate joint procedure details


shall be kept. The minimum information to be recorded is given in Table
below.

(l) Maintenance, service and calibration

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 157
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

All equipment shall be well maintained and kept in a clean condition at


all time, both in stores and on site.
The equipment shall be serviced and calibrated regularly. The frequency at
which this is carried out will be different for individual items of
equipment and will also depend on usage but should be at least
once every 6 months.

63.19 Electro-fusion Socket Jointing

63.19.1 General

With electro-fusion socket fusion, an electrical resistance element is


incorporated in the socket of the fitting which, when connected to
appropriate power supply, melts and fuses the material of the pipe and
fitting together.
The effectiveness of this technique depends on the attention to cleanliness,
in particular the removal of the contaminated surface of the pipe over
the socket depth.

Electro-fusion fittings are available in the range 20mm to 315mm although


larger sizes are now under development.

There are 2 control systems specified – manual time selection and automatic
time selection. Both are described in this section.

Pipe joining for pipes buried underground, below pavement or slab or


concealed in slab shall use electro-fusion or fully automatic butt fusion
jointing unless instructed otherwise by Engineer.

63.19.2 Equipment

The control box input supply shall be from a nominal 220 volt generator.

Pipe surface preparation tool capable of removing the contaminated surface


of the pipe in excess of the insertion depth before welding is attempted.
The tool shall remove a layer 0.2 – 0.4mm thick from the outer surface of
the pipe preferably as a continuous strip of swarf over that length and
round the pipe.

Pipe clamps or other approved method for restraining, aligning and re-
rounding the pipes during the weld cycle shall be used.
Pipe cutters including saw and saw guide.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 158
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

63.19.3 Electro-fusion Jointing Method

(a) Preparation
Check that the pipe ends to be jointed are cut square to the axis and
any burrs removed.
Wipe pipe ends using clean, disposable, lint-free material to remove
traces of dirt or mud, etc.
Mark the area over which the contaminated surface is to be removed,
i.e. in excess of the penetration depth, on each pipe to be jointed by
placing the socket of the bagged fitting alongside the pipe and.
Trace a line round the circumference at the appropriate distance
from the pipe end using a suitable marker.

DO NOT REMOVE THE FITTING FROM ITS PACKING AT THIS


STAGE

Connect the electro-fusion control box input leads to the generator.

Check that there is sufficient fuel for the generator to complete the
joint.

Check that reset stop button, if fitted on the control box, is in the
correct mode.

Using the pipe end preparation tool, remove the entire surface of the
pipe uniformly, preferably as a continuous swarf over the area
identified, i.e. in excess of penetration depth.

(b) Electro-fusion Jointing Procedure

Remove the fitting from its packaging and check that the bore of the
fitting is clean and dry. If necessary, dry it with clean, disposable,
lint-free material and degrease with a clean cloth dampened by a
suitable solvent like aceton liquid.

NOTE 1 : Isopropanol is a suitable cleaner for the material if permitted


by the site health and safety regulations.

Insert the pipe ends into the fitting.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 159
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

NOTE 2 : It is recommended to mark pipe ends with an indelible pen to


ensure pipe depth of entry is maintained and a visible record
retained when fusion is complete.

Using the pipe clamps, secure the pipes so that they cannot move
during the fusion cycle. Check that the pipe ends and the fitting are
correctly aligned.

If applicable, remove the terminal caps from the fitting.

Start the generator and check that it is functioning correctly.

Connect the control box output leads to the fitting terminal and check
that they have been fully inserted.
Switch on the control box where applicable.

Commence the fusion joining procedure in accordance with the control


box instruction and check indicated jointing time with time shown
on fitting.

Scan the bar code magnetic card which is provided together with the
fusion socket. Details of the fusion socket will be displayed on the
welding set.

Press the start button on the control box and check that the heating
cycle is proceeding as indicated by the display countdown.

On completion of the heating cycle, the melt indicators should have


risen. If there is no apparent movement of the melt indicators, the
joint should be cut out and a new joint made.

If a satisfactory joint has been made, the joint shall be left in the
clamps for the cooling time specified on the fitting.

NOTE : If the fusion cycle terminates before completion of the


countdown, check for faults as indicated by the control box warning
lights. Do not attempts a second fusion cycle if countdown of the
first cycle reached more than half of the total time require and for at
least one hour after the first attempt.

(c) Maintenance , Servicing and Calibration

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 160
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

All equipment shall be well maintained and kept in a clean condition at


all time, both in stores and on site.
The equipment shall be serviced and calibrated regularly. The
frequency at which this is carried out will be different for individual
items of equipment and will also depend on usage, but should be at
least once every 6 months. Guidance shall be sought from the
equipment manufacturer and a scheme of calibration and servicing
implemented. Particular attention shall be given to the control box
and generator.

(d) Records

Written records of appropriate fusion procedure details shall be kept as


required using the format approved by the S.O.

63.20 Electro-fusion Saddle Jointing

63.20.1 General

With electro-fusion saddle jointing, an electrical resistance element is


incorporate in the base of the saddle which, when connected to an
appropriate power supply, melts and fuses the material of the pipe and
fitting together.
The effectiveness of this technique depends on attention to cleanliness, in
particular the removal of the contaminated surface of the pipe over an
area equivalent to the saddle base.

Electro-fusion saddles are available to fit all commonly used main sizes
with sizes 20, 25 or 32mm service connections. Outlet connections are
also available up to nominal size 180mm.

Two methods of holding the tapping tee saddle during the fusion cycle are used,
top loading and under clamping systems. However, because of the
variations of equipment used for each method, common procedures for
holding the saddle during the fusion cycle cannot be specified. For each
type of fitting used, the manufacturer‟s procedure for holding the fitting
during the fusion cycle should be followed.

63.20.2 Equipment
The control box input supply shall be from a nominal 220 volts.
Pipe surface preparation tool capable of removing the contaminated surface of
the pipe over the full area of the saddle base. The tool shall remove a
surface layer 0.2 – 0.4mm thick.

Pipe-clamp with suitable dimension for making service or branch connections.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 161
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

63.20.3 Electrofusion Saddle Jointing Method

(a) Preparation
Expose the pipe onto which the tapping tee saddle is to be assembled.

Clean the pipe over the general area on which the saddle is to be
assembled using clean, disposable, lint-free material and use clean
water only.

Without removing the fitting from its packaging, place it over the
required position on the main. Mark the pipe surface all round and
clear of the saddle base area.

Remove the surface of the pipe to a depth of 0.2 to 0.4mm over the full
area marked using a suitable tool. Remove the swarf.

Check that reset stop button on the control box, if fitted, is in the
correct mode.

(b) Electro-fusion Saddle Jointing Procedure

Position the fitting base onto the prepared pipe surface and install the
saddle clamp to the saddle tee.

Remove the terminal caps from the fitting.

Check that there is sufficient fuel for the generator to complete the
joint. Start the generator and check that it is functioning correctly.

Connect the electro-fusion control box input leads to the generator.

Connect the control box output leads to the fitting terminals and check
that they have been fully inserted.

Switch on the control box if applicable.

Commence the fusion jointing procedure in accordance with the control


box instructions and check indicated joint time shown on fitting.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 162
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Press the start button on the control box and check that the heating
cycle is proceeding as indicated by the display count-down.
On completion of the heating cycle, the melt indicator should have
risen. If there is no apparent movement of the melt indicator, where
incorporate, a new saddle joint should be made. Cut the tee of the
faulty joint from its base.

If a satisfactory joint has been made, the joint shall be left in the clamps
for the cooling time specified on the fitting label.

NOTE : If the fusion cycle terminates before completion of the count-


down, check for faults as indicated by the control box warning
lights. DO NOT attempt a second fusion cycle.

NOTE : DO NOT attempt to tap the pipe with the integral cutter for at
least 10 minutes after completion of the fusion cycle.

63.21 Mechanical Joints

(a) General

All mechanical fittings used shall be assembled in accordance with the


manufacturer‟s instructions and all metal fittings should be
suitably protected from corrosion as stipulated in clause “Metal
Parts”.

(b) Transition joint from HDPE pipe to flanged metal fittings

For transaction from HDPE pipe to flanged metal fittings, either HDPE
stub flanges with metal backing rings or mechanical flanged
adaptors of approved types complied with MS 1058 or EN 12201
shall be used. The flanged joint gasket and bolt length used shall
be appropriate to the particular adaptor.

When tightening bolts and nuts for the flanges, care should be
taken to produce an even torque load ( torque wrench ) to the limits
as follows. The use of a torque wrench is strongly recommended.
(c) Branch connection

Normally, branch connections on the main are achieved by introducing


fusion tees during installation of the main.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 163
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

A subsequent branch connection into an existing HDPE main can be


achieved by using :

• Standard fusion tee with electro-fusion couplers,


• Standard electro-fusion branch connections,
• Branch saddle electro-fusion fittings,
• Mechanical couplers with restrainers / stiffeners can be used.

63.22 MAIN HDPE PIPE LAYING

63.22.1 Preparation Of Pipes

Generally HDPE pipes are joined to form a string above ground prior to
snaking into the trench. To prevent scoring, pipe rollers should be used.

Before lowering HDPE pipelines into the trench, a check should be made for
cuts, deep scratches or other pipe damage and in fusion jointed systems
that the system has cooled sufficient before stress is imposed upon any
pre-made joints.

When lowering pipe into the trench, care should again be taken to avoid
scoring of the pipe by contact with the sides and bottom of the trench.
Use should be made of planks and ropes where appropriate but wire
ropes or chains should not be used.

63.22.2 Laying Of Pipes

Gradual changes in direction of HDPE pipelines can be accommodated


by pipe deflection but every effort should be made to keep the pipe as
central as possible within the trench to enable adequate compaction of
side-fill.

The bending of HDPE pipelines is permissible and the properties of fusion


jointed systems enable changes of direction without recourse to the
provision of special bends or anchor blocks. However, the pipe should not
normally be cold bent to a radius less than 25 times the outside diameter of
the pipe. For push-fit or mechanical non end-load resistant jointing
systems, anchor blocks to withstand the resultant thrusts must be
provided. Under no circumstances should hot bending be attempted on site.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 164
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

For installation of heavy flanged fittings, provision should be made for


concrete support both for the weight and to resist the turning moments
associated with valves and hydrants.

HDPE pipes and fitting may be partially or completely surrounded by


concrete but they should be protected by 3mm rubber membrane to
avoid possible damage during pouring or compaction to prevent high
localized stresses.

After completion of an installation, pipe work and fittings should be


inspected and made ready for testing to ensure the safety and efficiency
of the systems. The trench may be backfilled prior to testing; but it is
advisable to leave at least the joints exposed throughout the test.

Complete and accurate records should be taken of the installation. It is


useful for records to be taken before the pipes are buried.

To assist the future location of the pipelines, a marker tape shall be laid
along the line of the main and connect at each end to either a sluice
valve or hydrant. The recommended position of the tape is 350mm below
the surface directly above the crown of the pipe.

63.23 INSTALLATION OF SERVICE PIPES

63.23.1 General

This section gives details of installation of HDPE service pipes. A service


pipe is that part of the water supply system which conveys water from
the distribution main to the consumer‟s premises and is subjected to
water pressure from that main. It is considered to comprise two sections:

• The COMMUNICATION PIPE is that part of the service pipes from the
main up to the and including the consumer‟s meter situated at the
boundary of the consumer‟s property. The water supply authority is
responsible for the installation and maintenance of the
communication pipe.

• The SUPPLY PIPE is that part of the service pipe from the consumer‟s
meter into the premises up to the storage cistern. The customer is
responsible for the installation and maintenance of the supply pipe.

63.23.2 Laying of Communication Pipe

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 165
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Wherever practicable the whole communication pipe should be laid in a


straight line at right angles to the main when viewed on plan. This
assists future location and identification of these pipes.

Slight snaking of the communication pipe in the vertical plane is


permitted without overstressing the connection to the main. However,
care must be taken not to kink the pipe and/or impart excess bending
moment to the saddle tapping.

The preferred method would seem to be the simple straight connection


at right angles to the main with changes in direction or level achieved by
installation electrofusion elbows to avoid overstressing of the
communication pipe.

Where road and / or drain crossing is required, suitable GI ducting


should be provided to accommodate the communication pipe.

63.24 CONNECTION TO HDPE PIPE

63.24.1 Connection to HDPE Pipe

Connections to HDPE pipe shall vary according to size. Large branch


connections are usually effected by standard tees, while medium sizes
are effected by branch saddles. Other communication pipe connections
(< 63mm) are usually affected by electrofusion saddles.

Electro-fusion saddles have a self-tapping ferrule system whereby the


cutter forms an integral part of the ferrule connection and after
withdrawal remains within the ferrule head.

Self-tapping ferrules may be electro-fusion jointed on to “live” mains.

63.25 Connection to Pipes of Other Materials

HDPE communication pipes may be connected to pipes of other materials


such as AC, UPVC, MS etc. The use of standard under pressure tapping
machine are necessary for connection to “live” mains.

Saddle straps are usually required for tapping to AC and uPVC pipes, while
traps may also be required for MS pipes.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 166
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

63.26 JOINTING OF SERVICE PIPES

63.26.1 Jointing of HDPE Service Pipes

Butt fusion is not normally considered appropriate for the smaller sizes of
pipes i.e. <63mm. The usual method of jointing service pipes is by using
electro-fusion couplers

63.26.2 Jointing of Dissimilar Service Pipes

Where dissimilar service pipe material are to be joined (e.g. when


replacing a section of metallic pipe with HDPE), special joint adapters
are necessary. Two (2) types of adapters commonly used are:

• Transition electro-fusion couplers

Care should be taken to ensure that all pipe jointing is adopted in


accordance with the manufacturer‟s recommendations.

63.26.3 Testing and Commissioning of Service Pipes

These requirements will be in accordance with the standard procedure


laid down by the water authorities. These standards will normally
require, as a minimum, the adequate flushing of the service pipes and
the testing of all pipes and joints to the maximum head to which the
system is to be subjected.

63.27 REPAIR METHODS

Whilst repairs to burst mains and services are usually carried out in
difficult and dirty conditions, every effort should be made to keep all pipe
and joint surfaces clean and the working area as dry and
uncontaminated as possible through the operation.

The completed repair should be examined and approved under working


conditions before re-bedding, side filling and backfilling take placed.
Special attention should be given to the replacement and compaction of
suitable material under and around the repair.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 167
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

63.27.1 Repairs to HDPE Pipe

63.27.2 General

The extent of the pipe defect or fracture should be determined to ensure


that the remainder of the pipe has not been weakened or damaged in
any way. The inspection should also ascertain the extent to which the
bed and surround may have been disturbed in the vicinity.

When repairing a burst it is recommended that a short length of pipe ( say


1 meter ) on each side of the damaged, since the defect may extend on
the inner surface of the pipe.

63.27.3 Emergency Repairs

The emergency temporary repair of a HDPE pipe may be carried out by


using a split collar in the normal way but a more permanent repair
should be undertaken as soon as possible.

63.27.4 Permanent Repairs Using Fusion Joints

Butt fusion jointing is not usually a practical approach in repairing a burst pipe in
trench. However, electro-fusion couplers are more commonly used for
repair of HDPE pipes.

The repair of a HDPE pipe requires the defective length to be carefully cut
out and replaced by a measured length of HDPE pipe. It is important
that the replacement pipe is of the same pressure class.

The electro-fusion couplers, after removing the central stopper, may be


slipped over the existing pipe ends and fusion joints made. Care must be
taken to ensure all ends are cut square and dry and clean prior to
jointing. Marking of the pipe will ensure that the coupler is placed
centrally over the joint.

Small leaks on HDPE pipe may be repaired by attaching an undrilled


electrofusion saddle over the hole of the pipe.

63.27.5 Permanent Repairs Using Mechanical Joints

Another alternative means of jointing the replacement pipe is by means


of a special mechanical type repair clamps in accordance with the
manufacturer‟s recommendations.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 168
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Mechanical fittings are encouraged for site repair.

63.27.6 Repairs to HDPE Service Pipe

The repair of a HDPE service pipe requires the defective length to be


carefully cut out and replaced by a measured length of pipe of the same
pressure class using electro-fusion or mechanical end-load resistance
couplers.

Small breaks may be repaired using electro-fusion saddle.

There is a wide range of mechanical repair couplers for service pipes. In


all cases the manufacturer‟s recommendations should be followed.

63.27.7 Squeeze-Off Closure Technique

Isolating HDPE pipelines by forcibly pinching or squeezing the walls


together is an effective method used in many repair situations where it
may be inconvenient and / or expensive to close down and empty
pipelines.
The squeeze-off technique involves applying pressure to the outside
walls of the pipe across a diameter using two tangential bars. The bars
are forced together, collapsing the pipe until a seal is formed by the
upper and lower walls meeting.

Squeeze clamps are available for pipe up to 180mm. The following


recommendations are given for the use of the squeeze-off technique:

• Only specially designed equipment should be used with correct stops


to avoid over compression of the pipe.

• Do not use within 5 pipe diameters of a fitting, fusion joint or a


previous squeeze-off operation.

On release of the squeeze the pipe should be:

• Inspected and re-rounded if necessary

• Renewed if there is any indication of damage


• Adequately marked and recorded.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 169
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

63.28 Training
The Contractor shall propose a comprehensive training program for AAWSA‟s staffs
how to Joining HDPE pipe by Butt fusion, Electro-fusion Socket and Mechanical
techniques with particular machine of the individual techniques and the operation
and Maintenance.

The training program shall commence as early as possible and should finish before
the taking over of the system. The training should be complemented by the active
participation of the trainees in all facets of the construction work even at the
design stage and for the factory test inspection, and for the commissioning work
also.

63.29 HDPE Jointing Equipment

I Butt Fusion Jointing Equipment

a) Chassis and Clamps


b) Hydraulic/pneumatic unit
(c) Trimming tool
(d) Heater Plate
(e) Control system
(f) Shelter
(g) External and internal bead removal if required
(h) Generator
(i) Ancillary equipment
The following equipment shall be made available on site :
(a) Pipe support rollers
(b) Pipe cutters
(c) Digital thermometer with probe
(d) Timer
(e) Indelible Marker pen for marking beads
(f) Bead gauge
(g) Saw and saw guide
(h) Pipe end cover
(i) Spirit level to ensure machine is level
(j) Ground sheets or base boards
(k) Clean clothes to wipe the pipes before trimming
II Electro-fusion Socket Jointing Equipment

a) The control box input supply shall be from a nominal 220 volt generator.
b) Pipe surface preparation tool
c) Pipe clamps
d) Pipe cutters

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 170
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

SECTION 64 VALVE ASSEMBLIES, THRUST AND ANCHOR


BLOCKS, CROSSINGS, CONNECTIONS
64.1 GENERAL

This Section deals with the specials requirements for the installation of
valves and accessories of all descriptions, crossing of public utilities, river,
bridge and road crossings, cutting into existing mains, thrust blocks, valve
chambers, etc. The requirements of this section shall be in addition to,
and shall in no way diminish from or deviate from the applicable
requirements of other sections of the specification, nor shall they relieve
the Contractor of any of his obligations under the Contract.

64.2 INSTALLATION OF VALVES

All valves and accessories shall be installed in the exact positions shown
on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer, and shall be set
accurately level and plumb. Extension spindles, headstocks, etc. shall be
properly positioned. All valves and other accessories shall be thoroughly
cleaned before installation. Fitting of valves and accessories to the pipes
shall be done accurately and true to alignment but without the use of
undue force.

No attempt shall be made to align valves or accessories by tightening bolts


forcibly, by hammer blows or by any other method likely to cause damage
or to give rise to internal stresses in the valve body or flanges. Flanged
connections and mechanical joints shall be made as specified. To
ascertain its proper operation, each sluice valve shall be operated through
its full range before and after installation. Non-return valves, air-valves,
etc. shall also be checked for ease of operation before and after
installation. Valves and other accessories which will be furnished by the
manufacturer painted or coated shall have their exposed surfaces,
accessible from the inside of valve chambers, manholes, etc. and coated
with two additional coats, one applied before erection and the other after
erection. Before the application of the new coat, all defective spots in the
existing coating shall be cleaned and repaired to make them equal to the
existing coating. After installation the valve shall be left clean and ready
for operation in all respects.

The water-tightness of valves shall be checked during filling and testing of


the pipelines or installation and where necessary packing-glands shall be
repacked and/or tightened.

64.3 VALVES, CHAMBERS, VALVE SUPPORTS, ETC.

Valves and accessories shall be encased in concrete thrust blocks. The


larger sizes shall be housed in valve chambers, all as shown on the
relevant drawings. Where no chamber is provided the exterior spindle
shall be protected by a pipe-casing topped by a concrete cover slab with a
surface box.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 171
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Valve chambers shall be constructed of cast-in-situ reinforced concrete or


solid concrete block walls, built on concrete foundations with or without a
concrete floor slab and with a reinforced concrete cover slab with a surface
box. Valves in valve chambers shall be anchored to concrete chamber
walls and supported or encased by cast-in-situ concrete blocks.

All concrete and block work shall be in accordance with Divisions 3 and 4
of the specification.
Floors of valve chambers between wall foundations and valve supports
shall be covered with a layer of gravel. The gravel shall meet the
requirements of 20mm size coarse aggregate (Chapter 31) and shall be
evenly spread and consolidated on the chamber floor.

Where shown on the Drawings, ventilation pipes and/or drainpipes shall


be provided in valve chambers.

64.4 THRUST AND ANCHOR BLOCKS

As shown on the Drawings at all bends, reducers, tees, valves, etc.,


concrete blocks shall be cast, which shall be carefully placed to ensure
contact with undisturbed ground and shall be to the dimensions shown on
the Drawings or determined by the Engineer. Concrete shall be cast in
accordance with Chapter 31 of the Specification.

Blocks founded on a rock ledge shall be anchored to the rock as shown on


the Drawings.

The Engineer may alter the dimensions of the blocks in order to ensure a
satisfactory distribution of pressure over the interface between earth and
concrete.

In order to ensure that the blocks fulfil their purpose they must be in close
contact with undisturbed ground and therefore, where timbering has been
used in the excavation, it must be withdrawn as the concrete is placed.
The ground shall be excavated carefully to the correct level. If for any
reason the ground has been excavated below this level, the foundation
shall be made up to the correct level with concrete.

64.5 CONCRETE SURROUNDS

Where required, pipes shall be surrounded by concrete to the dimension


lines and levels shown on the Drawings or determined by the Engineer.
Pipes shall be supported and jointed at the correct level clear of the trench
bottom, each one supported on two blocks of precast concrete of suitable
height, one at each end of the pipe. Concrete, as per Chapter 31 of the
specification, shall then be poured and rammed beneath and around the
pipes in one operation and finished off to the level and dimensions shown
on the Drawings. In order to ensure that the space underneath the pipe is
well filled with concrete, it shall be first poured on the side of the pipe
until it rises and appears on the other side. Thereafter, concrete shall be
poured on both sides of the pipes to the required height.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 172
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

The pre-cast blocks shall first be properly set on the trench bottom and
boned to the correct position and level. The pipes shall then be laid on the
blocks and properly centred, jointed and finally brought to the correct
gradient by the application of wooden wedges one on each side of the pipe
and between the pipe and the concrete blocks. These wedges shall remain
left-in whilst the pipes are jointed and tested, as herein specified and
during the pouring of the concrete beneath and around the pipes. Where
the concrete while being poured would otherwise cause the pipes to float,
pipes shall be effectively anchored to prevent such flotation.

64.6 TRANSVERSE ANCHORS (COLLARS)


As shown on the Drawing, pipes laid on steep slopes shall be provided
with reinforced concrete transverse anchors. As specified the section of
pipe embedded in the concrete shall be free of coating and loose material.
The concrete shall conform to Chapter 31 of the specification.

64.7 METAL WORKS


64.7.1 General

Metal work such as step irons, pipe supports, pipe anchor clamps, etc.
shall be fabricated and erected or installed as per Chapter 51 of the
specification and in strict accordance with the dimensions and details
shown on the Drawings or determined by the Engineer. Any shop
drawings that may be necessary shall be prepared by and at the expense
of the Contractor and submitted to the Engineer for approval.

64.7.2 Erection and painting

All metalwork shall be erected and installed to the exact lines and
positions shown on the Drawings or determined by the Engineer and shall
be well anchored to the concrete foundations or structures.

Unless installation by grouting-in anchor bolts or use of expansion


anchors in previously prepared recesses is approved, anchor bolts and
metal CHAPTERs to be embedded in concrete shall be placed in position
before casting of concrete and shall be held firmly and accurately in place
while the concrete is being placed.

Painting shall be done in accordance with Chapter 52 of the specification.

64.8 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING PIPES

Prior to connecting into an existing pipe, it shall be uncovered for a


suitable length and the exact position, type and diameter of the existing
pipe shall be determined. The interruption of any water supply shall be
coordinated with the owner of pipeline and the stoppage of the supply
must be kept as short as possible and the time table agreed with the
Engineer must be strictly adhered to.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 173
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

The section of the pipe in which the joint is located shall be fully isolated
between the nearest two adjacent valves and all service connections shut
off; the other CHAPTERs of the pipe shall remain full of water under
pressure. The pipe shall be emptied in such a manner that the new pipe
connection will be installed under dry conditions. Where a new pipe is to
be connected to an existing one, without an outlet having been provided
beforehand one pipe length shall be disconnected and removed. A section
of it cut away and the remaining pipe ends trimmed to accommodate the
joint and its accessories as shown on the Drawings.

It is absolutely essential that the existing pipe shall be kept clean from
impurities of any kind, and precautions shall be taken to prevent the
entrance of dirt of other deleterious matter into the existing pipe while it is
open for making the connection. Where the excavation for uncovering the
pipe and making the connection is found wet it shall be disinfected with
liberal quantities of hypochlorite. The interior of all pipes and fittings used
in making the connection shall be swabbed with a 5 percent hypochlorite
solution before they are installed. As soon as the connection is completed
the isolated section of the existing pipe shall be thoroughly chlorinated
and flushed. If valve locations permit, flushing shall be carried out from
both directions.

There is no extra payment to be made for the contractor for connection of


existing line with the newly constructed, hence shall distribute over the
bill of Quantities in the distribution system.

64.9 INDICATOR POSTS

Indicator posts as detailed on the Drawings shall be fixed as ordered to


indicate the position of bends, air valves, sluice valves, washouts and also
pipes at all crossings of hedges and fences as instructed by the Engineer,
especially outside urban areas.

An item is included in the Bill of quantities to cover the provision and


fixing of these, including the necessary excavation, and the rates include
for casting in the concrete post, head the letter AV or SV or WO or such
letter as may be directed by the Engineer. The letters shall be 8 cm high
and 6mm deep.

64.10 WATER POINTS (STANDPIPES)

Water Point (WP) Assemblies shall be installed as shown on the Drawings


or at locations to be determined on site by the Engineer. The WP shall be
of galvanized iron pipe, connected to the distribution or tertiary pipes and
terminate in four taps.

The concrete plinth and base shall provide support for the WP and shall be
drained via channels to a soakaway pit or to an adjacent road drainage
ditch, where one exists within 2.0 m.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 174
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

64.11 CROSSING UNDER PUBLIC UTILITIES GENERAL


REQUIREMENTS

Wherever the construction of the pipeline is to be performed under


culverts, roads, bridges, storm drains, sewers, electric conduits, and any
other public utilities, the Contractor shall make arrangements with the
public authorities having jurisdiction over such affected utilities regarding
the method of crossing and restoration (see also Clause 62.9).
64.12 CROSSING IN OPEN CUT

Where the crossing of roads and public utilities is effected in open cut,
this shall be done in strict accordance with the requirements of Clauses
62.9 and 62.10. Cutting in to existing roads and sidewalks shall be done
neatly and carefully to straight lines, and to the minimum practicable
width as determined by the Engineer.

64.13 BRIDGE CROSSINGS

Where pipelines cross bridges the portion of the line laid across but under
the bridge and the transitions used to bring the line up to the required
elevation shall be composed of flanged pipes and fittings. Pipes shall be
secured on the bridge by means of suitable brackets fixed to the concrete
structure of the bridge as shown on the Drawings. All exposed pipes,
fittings and metalwork shall be painted in accordance with Section 52 of
the specification at the expense of the contractor.
64.14 CROSSING UNDER RAILWAY

Where the competent road authority does not allow the pipe to be laid in
open cut under the railway the crossing shall be done in horizontal earth
bore or tunnelling. The water main shall be inserted in to and protected by
a steel casing continuous over the complete length of the crossing.
Wooden saddles of approved length and centres shall be fixed with steel
cables to the water main. The thickness of the wooden saddles shall be
such as to prevent contact between the joints of the water main and steel
casing. The Contractor shall perform all necessary excavations outside the
right of way in order to carry out the above mentioned work with no
interference with the ongoing traffic. All such excavations shall be
carefully backfilled and compacted on the completion of the crossing in
accordance with the specification. Arrangements with the authorities and
requirements for the above mentioned railway crossings shall be with the
instructions of the Road and Railway Authorities. The Contractor shall
submit to the Engineer for approval the construction method and details,
equipment, etc. he intends to use to execute this work.

64.15 RIVER CROSSING

The contractor shall obtain permission and instructions from the


competent Authorities concerned as to the date and time when the pipe
can be placed across main rivers. The pipe main shall be placed on
supports from 30-E-20 concrete and the pipe shall be held securely to the
supports by galvanized iron clamps.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 175
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

CHAPTER 7 ACCESS ROAD CONSTRUCTION


SECTION 71 ACCESS ROADS

71.1 GENERAL

The Contractor shall construct permanent access roads as shown on the


Drawings or instructed by the Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in this
Chapter the earthworks, excavation and fill shall be in accordance with
Chapter 22 of the Specification.

In general, access roads will be surfaced with selected fill as defined below.
However, in areas of steep terrain and other special places it may be
necessary to surface roads with compacted base course material and, in
extreme cases, with two-coat bituminous dressing as per the instructions
from the Engineer.

71.2 SITE PREPARATION

A survey of the working area shall be carried out by the Contractor along
the alignments specified by the Engineer immediately prior to
commencement of construction, and a series of cross sections of the road
right-of-way will be produced at 15 m intervals along the road centre line.
These cross sections will be defined as the original ground cross sections.

The Contractor shall set out the permanent access roads and paved areas
as per the Drawings or Engineer‟s instructions, from reference points
established by the Engineer. Thereafter the Contractor shall clear the
marked areas. In the case of roads the cleared strip shall be wide enough
for the specified formation, and the longitudinal drainage ditches on each
side of the formation. The clearing will include removal of topsoil and
grubbing in accordance with Chapter 22.

71.3 EXCAVATION

Where required the Contractor shall excavate down to sub-grade which,


over the formation width, will be 250 mm below the finished road or area
surface level. If in the opinion of the Engineer, the ground at sub-grade
level is incapable of carrying traffic, the Contractor shall excavate an
additional depth that would normally not exceed 300 mm and backfill to
sub-grade level with approved fill as defined below. When excavating, the
Contractor will stockpile, separately, excavated material that could be
used for the various types of fill described below.

71.4 EARTHFILL
71.4.1 General

Where possible suitable excavated and other local material will be used in
fill whether in excavation or embankment. Prior to placing any fill the
excavated earth surface shall be moistened and well compacted.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 176
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

Sub-grade preparation shall include the special excavation and


embankment construction procedures required at or near the design sub-
grade cross section, and the requirements for moisture content control
and protection of the prepared sub-grade, as specified below.

In areas where, after stripping, a fill of less than 150mm or a cut is


required to develop the design sub-grade cross section, the surface
material below the design sub-grade cross section shall be compacted. In
cut areas, the sub-grade shall be shaped and compacted to 95% of
Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698) to the ground surface prior to
placement of earth fill. Earth fill shall be placed, shaped, and compacted
to 100% of Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698) to the design sub-grade
cross section. The cut and fill surfaces shall be proof rolled following
compaction.

In areas where, after stripping, a fill in excess of 150 mm is required to


bring the existing ground to the design sub-grade cross section, earth or
rock fill shall be placed and compacted as specified for embankments.

At transitions between cut and fill areas, the sub-grade shall be scarified
and re-compacted as specified above to a depth of 150mm for a distance of
5m beyond the cut area.

The prepared sub-grade shall be maintained at or near optimum moisture


conditions and protected from disturbance at all times. Adequate
measures shall be taken to prevent formation of pools of water on the
exposed native soil in excavated areas. Construction equipment shall not
be permitted to operate on the prepared sub-grade where disturbance may
result. Prior to commencement of construction, the sub-grade shall be
drained and permitted to dry to restore optimum moisture conditions, and
shall be regraded and re-compacted where required.

71.4.2 Fill Below Sub-Base

Fill below sub-base level shall be approved inert material of which 100%
passes the 100 mm (4") sieve 5-15% passes the 0.075 mm (BS 200) sieve.
The CBR of this fill shall not be less than 20% in accordance with AASHTO
Standard T193, unsoaked. However, where necessary on account of
perched water tables or any other reasons, the Engineer may specify that
the above CBR be obtained after 24 hours soaking.

The fill will be spread in layers so that after compaction to 95% proctor
Density at OMC (see Chapter 22), each layer shall be not more than 150
mm thick.

71.4.3 Sub-Base Fill (Selected Material)

The sub-base fill will normally be 250 mm thick after compaction and will
form the riding surface of the road or paved area. This fill shall be selected
inert material having the following properties:

Sieve analysis: 100% passing the 75mm (3") sieve

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 177
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

40-80% passing the 9.5mm (3/8") sieve


up to 15% passing the 0.075mm (BS200) sieve
Liquid Limit shall not exceed 40%
Plasticity Index shall not exceed 12%
CBR (California Bearing Coefficient) value shall not be less than 30% as
defined above this fill will be spread and compacted to 100% proctor
Density at OMC.

71.5 BASE COURSE MATERIAL

Base course material will be used to form riding surface where this is
required or a base to a bituminous surface (2-coat bituminous dressing). It
shall consist of approved crushed rock, mechanically stable gravel or
gravel-sand-clay material which conforms to the requirements listed
below. However, the Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's prior approval
for any base course material that he intends to use.

Grading: The grading shall fall within the limits given in Table 1,
depending on the type and nominal Maximum size of the
material.
Plasticity: The fraction passing the 0.42mm sieve shall have Liquid Limit
not more than 25% and Plasticity Index not more than 8%
CBR value shall not be less than 70% as defined above.
Plasticity: The fraction passing the 0.42mm sieve shall have Liquid Limit
not more than 25% and Plasticity Index not more than 8%
Table 1: Nominal Grading for Base Course Material, % Passing
Nominal
Max.Si 50 mm (2") 38 mm 25 mm 19 mm
BS ze (1½") (1") (3/4")
Sieve mm
2" 50 100
1½" 38 70-100 100
1" 25 55-100 70-100 100
3/4" 19 50-90 60-100 70-100 100
½" 13 60-100
3/8" 9.52 40-70 45-80 50-90 60-100
3/16" 4.76 30-60 37-60 35-70 40-75
#7 2.40 20-50 23-50 25-55 27-60
#18 0.85
#36 0.42 10-30 10-30 15-33 15-33
#200 0.075 5-15 5-15 5-15 5-15

Base course material shall be placed in one layer of 150mm compacted


thickness. It shall be compacted to 100% of the maximum dry density at
OMC in accordance with BS 1377, Test No. 13 (Modified Proctor Density).

If the base course material is deficient in fines, stone fines (5 mm to dust)


shall be fed into the surface until the whole layer is sealed and a closed
well knit surface obtained.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 178
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

71.6 BITUMINOUS DRESSING

Where shown on the Drawings or instructed by the Engineer the


compacted base course material shall be blinding consisting of clean
sharp coarse sand free of clay or organic matter. After rolling a bituminous
seal coat shall be laid and blinding consisting of screened rock chipping of
13 mm nominal size according to BS 63 and rolled. The bituminous
dressing shall be laid according to best practice.

71.7 VARIATION IN FINISHED SURFACE

The finished road surface shall not vary by more than 20 mm from the
specified camber and longitudinal grade when checked by a camber board
transversely and straight edge longitudinally.

71.8 ROAD GEOMETRY

Maximum gradient of permanent rural access roads will not exceed 15%
unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer. Horizontal curve radii will
not be less than 10 m.

71.9 CROSS DRAINAGE

Where shown on the Drawings or instructed by the Engineer, the


Contractor shall construct double or single barrel reinforced concrete
culverts, the inlets, outlets and embankments being protected by 300 mm
hand-placed riprap in accordance with chapter 22 of the specification.

Where no culverts are provided, cross drainage shall be effected by fords


(drifts) paved with 300 mm hand placed riprap as above.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 179
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia SOUTH AND SOUTH EAST ADDIS ABABA AREA
WSP AAWSA: Water & Sanitation Development FROM SANF WELL FIELD
& Rehabilitation P. O

CHAPTER 8 MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 81 MISCELLANEOUS WORKS

81.1 FENCING AND GATES

Fences and gates where required, shall be erected in accordance with the
layout and details shown on the drawings or directed by the Engineer. The
fences shall consist of precast concrete posts and steel barbed fencing wire
as described below and as shown on the Drawings.

The ground along the fence alignment shall be levelled so as to provide an


even gap between the bottom wire and the ground surface as shown on
the Drawings.

The posts with bent tops shall be of Grade 25, precast reinforced concrete
and approximately 3.20 m long overall. The posts shall be sunk into the
ground and bedded in concrete so as to stand 2.40 m high and shall be
spaced at 3 m intervals. Holes of dia. 25 mm shall be cast into each post,
spaced as shown on Drawings, through which the fencing wires shall
pass.

The steel fencing wire shall be 12 S.W.G., heavily galvanized and shall be
attached to galvanized iron straining bolts of 130 mm securely fastened to
the straining posts. Suitably strutted straining posts shall be provided at
all corners and terminal points and in straight runs at intervals not
exceeding 300 mm.

The entrance gates shall be single leaf or double leaf, to the details and
dimensions shown on the Drawings, fabricated from DN 50 standard black
water pipe and black iron fittings, and covered with 50 mm welded square
mesh. The gates shall be hinged to reinforced concrete gateposts and shall
be complete with locks and stops. All metal works shall be painted in
accordance with the pertinent clauses of Chapter 52 of the specification.

81.2 DRAINAGE

As shown on the Drawings or instructed by the Engineer the Contractor


shall construct surface water drainage systems which could comprise a
combination of pipes, open channels and covered channels for removing
outflow, rainwater, etc. to the required outlets.

81.3 LIGHTNING PROTECTION

Where required, all lightning protection works shall be performed in


accordance with BS 6651 and the Engineer‟s instructions.

Contract-I: Section VI (B2): General Technical Specifications for civil works Page 180

You might also like